For a number of years, Chris has been offering ‘Meet and Treat’ appointments for skin lesions, including moles, skin tags, cysts and lipomas. This is where, within the same appointment, he will meet for a patient for the first time and remove the skin complaint using local anaesthetic: the patient remains awake and the area numbed.
These appointments are ideal for those who have a specific skin complaint which they would like removed as quickly as possible and/or for those short on time. In order to facilitate this and ensure a ‘Meet and Treat’ appointment is the most appropriate treatment, photos need to be supplied to Chris’s PA at natalie@ chrisabela.co.uk.
For those looking at overall skin health, Chris offers a mole, lump and bump appointment - either individually or for the whole family from birth to maturity, which are bookable online. Lunchtime and before/after school appointments are available.
Chris Abela is a consultant plastic surgeon. He is well-versed in examining skin, moles, lumps and bumps and currently works within a skin and craniofacial multidisciplinary team in his NHS role. He has removed and/or been involved in the reconstruction of over 2,000 skin complaints. He has trained in several leading malignant skin cancer specialist units and has a paediatric fellowship from Great Ormond Street Hospital.
Chris runs a private practice with clinics at 84 Harley Street and at Wimbledon Parkside Hospital.
If you have any questions, please contact Chris at info@chrisabela.co.uk 0203 545 2990.
More information is available at chrisabela.co.uk.
If you have any questions, please contact Chris at info@chrisabela.co.uk or on 0203 545 2990
INSPIRED OUTDOOR LIVING
Pehrsson Scott Ltd is an award-winning landscape consultancy offering high-end, turnkey services across Hertfordshire, the Home Counties, and London.
We specialise in landscape architecture and design, full construction, and comprehensive aftercare and gardening services, enabling us to deliver projects of exceptional quality.
Every aspect of our work is carried out in-house, ensuring precision, consistency, and expert management from concept through to completion.
Our expertise spans a diverse range of landscapes—from elegant city rooftops to expansive country gardens—each carefully designed to support long-term enjoyment and sustainability.
DESIGN | LANDSCAPE | MAINTAIN
Excellence in landscape creation demands thoughtful planning, meticulous design, and rigorous management, ensuring that every space is not only beautiful but deeply functional. With a team of specialists in landscape architecture, planting design, construction, and project management, we provide a multidisciplinary approach to each project.
Our commitment to sustainability and ecological responsibility informs our design philosophy, integrating ecological systems with artistic vision. Strong client relationships remain at the heart of what we do, allowing us to develop thoughtfully tailored environments that enhance the way people experience and interact with their surroundings.
At Pehrsson Scott Ltd, we create landscapes that are built to last— spaces where craftsmanship, innovation, and expertise come together to form environments that inspire and endure.
Embark on your dream voyage with up to 55% Savings, FREE Beverage Package & $250 Shipboard Credit. In addition to ‘Your World Included’ amenities. There is no better time to indulge in Oceania Cruises’ world of luxury.
MAYA MAGNIFICENCE
MIAMI TO MIAMI
Oceania Allura NEW SHIP 7 Days
28th November – 5th December 2025
Miami, At Sea, Costa Maya, Belize City, Roatan, Cozumel, At Sea, Miami
35% Savings.
Includes Beverage Package & $250 Shipboard Credit per stateroom.
Veranda Fares from £1,409 per person.
YACHTING TREASURES
MIAMI TO MIAMI Oceania Insignia 10- Days
19th December 2025
Maimi, At Sea (x2), San Juan, Basseterre, St. John’s, Philipsburg, Charlotte Amalie, At Sea (x2), Miami
45% Savings.
Includes Beverage Package & $250 Shipboard Credit per Stateroom.
Veranda Fares from £1,879 per person.
CARIBBEAN ILLUMINATION
MAIMI TO MIAMI
Oceania Allura NEW SHIP 10- Days
4th April – 14th April 2026
Miami, Day at Sea (x2), San Juan, Basseterre, Castries, Roseau, Charlotte Amalie, At Sea (x2), Miami
30% Savings
Includes Beverage Package & $250 Shipboard Credit per stateroom.
Veranda Fares from£2,429 per person.
Miami
St. Johns
Vista Pool Deck
Castries
7- DAY CARIBBEAN GEMS
BARBADOS TO BARBADOS
Seabourn Ovation | 14th March – 21st March 2026
Bridgetown, At Sea, Carambola Beach, Point-a-Pitre, Trois Ilets, Roseau, Rodney Bay, Bridgetown
V1 Suite fares from £4,599 per person
2 Nights FREE pre-cruise at the Hilton Barbados Resort
FREE return Premium Economy flights
Includes Transfers
Embark on a journey elevated by Seabourn’s trademark luxury, paired with these exclusive Atlantis prices —it’s a match made in heaven…
14- DAY EXOTIC CARIBBEAN ISLES
BARBADOS TO BARBADOS
Seabourn Ovation | 28th February – 14th March 2026
Bridgetown, Castries, At Sea, Little Bay (Montserrat), St. Johns, Carambola Beach, Great Harbour (Jost Van Dyke), Philipsburg, Sopers Hole (Frenchmans Cay), Carambola Beach, At Sea, Saint Pierre, Port Elizabeth (Bequia), Saint Georges, Bridgetown
V1 Veranda fares from £6,799 per person.
2 Nights FREE pre-Cruise at Hilton Barbados Resort
FREE Return Premium Economy Flights
Included transfers
Carambola Beach
Seabourn Encore
Castries
LIFE MAGAZINES
The Concours of Elegance returns to Europe’s most prestigious automotive stage, set within the magnificent grounds of Hampton Court Palace. From 5th – 7th September, the palace will showcase 60 of the world’s most extraordinary and significant motor cars, carefully selected from the finest private collections across the globe.
Nestled in the heart of London’s Covent Garden, Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD is a premier fine art gallery and antiques dealer renowned for curating distinguished collections that span centuries of artistic mastery. From 17th-century oil portraits and Georgian watercolours to Victorian animal studies and striking modern realism, the gallery offers collectors and connoisseurs an eclectic yet refined selection of art and antiques.
Get ready for an unforgettable experience this year at Blenheim Palace. Excitement is building for the Agria FEI Eventing European Championship and annual Agria Blenheim Palace International Horse Trials this September. The event is shaping up to be an unmissable standout in the sporting calendar, as nations have begun to release longlists packed with championship talent, with one rider’s historic qualification set to inspire a generation.
Faye Manning Editor
EDITOR FAYE MANNING
EDITORIAL ASSISTANT KATIE MILLER
SUB EDITOR NICHOLAS PETER
FASHION EDITOR LARA ACCISON
DESIGN & PRODUCTION LISA WADE
SOCIAL MEDIA PARKER JONES
ACCOUNT MANAGERS
VANESSA LANE, NICOLA DREW, LISA WESTERMAN
ACCOUNTS TRACEY HALLS, ANDREE GEORGIOU
DIRECTORS RORY SMITH, PATRICK SMITH
PUBLISHED BY FISH MEDIA GROUP LTD
0844 800 8439
WWW.THELIFEMAGAZINES.COM
LIFEMAGAZINES
KEW GARDENS TO HOST FLEURS DE VILLES DOWNTON ABBEY EXHIBITION IN CELEBRATION OF NEW FILM
From 22 September 2025 - 1 October 2025
Fleurs de Villes is delighted to announce that Kew Gardens will host the Fleurs de Villes Downton Abbey exhibition, debuting in the UK.
The internationally acclaimed fresh floral exhibition celebrates the much-anticipated release of Downton Abbey: The Grand Finale which arrives in cinemas 12 September. On display for a limited time, this spectacular floral showcase will take place in a grand indoor marquee set on the lawns next to Kew Palace.
For the first time ever, global floral sensation Fleurs de Villes brings its world-renowned floral storytelling to Kew Gardens. Visitors will be transported into the world of Downton Abbey through an enchanting collection of Fleurs de Villes’ famous fresh floral mannequins inspired by the unforgettable characters and iconic period fashion, including glamorous gowns featured in the highly anticipated film. THE DETAILS
Created by London’s talented floral designers, each fresh floral masterpiece will bring Downton Abbey’s timeless style and compelling narratives to life. Whether you’re a devoted Downton fan, a flower enthusiast, or simply in search of a truly memorable day out, Fleurs de Villes Downton Abbey promises a floral experience like no other with beauty, artistry, and storytelling in full bloom.
Beyond the stunning floral mannequins on display, Fleurs de Villes Downton Abbey will feature:
• Live botanical demonstrations and talks from local florists and experts in the JARDIN area, presented by Mastercard
• Afternoon tea in the Orangery at Kew Gardens
• The chance to vote for your favourite mannequin in the popular ‘Fan Favourite’ contest, supporting incredible local floral artists.
For further details and to purchase tickets search Downton Abbey on Kew.org
Above: Isobel Crawley (My Devine Decors - Bal Harbour)
Bottom left: Lady Edith Crawley (Glam It Up Events - Chicago)
Above, left: Dowager Countess of Grantham (Blooming Flowers Art - Bal Harbour)
Concours of Elegance 2025
The Concours of Elegance returns to Europe’s most prestigious automotive stage, set within the magnificent grounds of Hampton Court Palace.
From Friday 5th September - Sunday 7th September, the palace will showcase 60 of the world’s most extraordinary and significant motor cars, carefully selected from the finest private collections across the globe.
This year’s spectacular gathering will see over 500 exceptional classics grace the historic palace grounds, creating an unparalleled celebration of automotive excellence.
Entering its 14th year, the Concours of Elegance continues to attract the world’s most distinguished luxury brands. Presenting partner A. Lange & Söhne will showcase their most exquisite timepieces, while Fortnum & Mason delivers their renowned picnic experiences and Charles Heidsieck provides premium champagne throughout the weekend.
Hampton Court Palace, 5-7 September
The 2025 edition stands as a landmark year, with a celebration of Formula One’s 75th anniversary and introducing an exclusive Museum of the Year showcase, alongside over 70 of the rarest and most significant cars from 120 years of automotive history.
THE
CONCOURS
OF ELEGANCE RUNS OVER THREE DAYS:
Friday 5th September: Owners’ & VIP Day – An ultra-exclusive opportunity to get close to the world’s rarest and most awe-inspiring automobiles. Car owners, VIP guests and media will be invited to attend day one, where each of the 70 individual Concours cars are introduced by renowned compères Richard Charlesworth and Peter Wallman.
Saturday 6th September – The second day welcomes the UK’s finest car clubs including Aston Martin Owners Club, Bentley Drivers
“An ultra-exclusive opportunity to get close to the world’s rarest and most aweinspiring automobiles”
Club, Jensen Owners Club and the Rolls-Royce Enthusiasts’ Club. Highlights include the Club Trophy, the Jaguar Trophy, featuring 50 of the finest Jaguars in the country, and the Levitt Concours, where 20 rare vehicles owned by women take centre stage.
Sunday 7th September – The final day features the Thirty Under 30 Concours for young enthusiasts owning cars from 1900-1999, and the delightful Junior Concours celebrating half-scale pedal, electric and petrol-powered cars. The day builds to the presentation of Best in Show, followed by the spectacular Grand Depart at 16:30 when the world’s rarest cars start their engines and leave Hampton Court Palace as hundreds wave farewell. A fitting finale to an extraordinary weekend.
This year’s event will feature more than 70 handpicked cars on the manicured lawns of Hampton Court Palace.
HIGHLIGHT CARS INCLUDE:
1926 Rolls-Royce Phantom I ‘The Phantom of Love’
Perhaps the most decadent motorcar ever created, this legendary Phantom I represents the ultimate expression of devotion. Commissioned by Clarence Gasque, financial director of UK Woolworths, as a breathtakingly opulent gift for his wife, it cost an incredible £6,500 when new, at a time when the average UK house price was just £500. One of the most famous surviving RollsRoyces, this unique display of love and wealth remains entirely original to this day.
1953 Jaguar C-type XKC-015
This remarkably original C-type boasts a fascinating history, having once been owned by Le Mans winner Masten Gregory, described by Carroll Shelby as ‘the fastest American racer ever.’ One of just 53 cars built, this priceless, evocatively patinaed racing car represents an unrepeatable piece of British automotive history. It
remains in highly original condition with startling performance figures: 0-60mph in around 6 seconds and a top speed of over 140mph.
1955 Aston Martin DB3S Coupe
One of just three closed DB3S models built and one of only two to survive, this priceless coupe combined racing pedigree with road-going refinement. With beautiful bodywork styled by Frank Feely, it was a match for the Mercedes-Benz 300SL Gullwing. Powered by a 2.9-litre straight-six putting out 225bhp, it could accelerate from 0-60mph in 6.5 seconds and hit over 140mph flat out.
Additional Features
Hospitality at the Concours of Elegance. Guests can indulge in elegant three-course plated dining complemented by a champagne reception. Fortnum & Mason will curate their signature luxury picnic offerings.
Luxury Shopping: An exquisite collection of retail outlets will be featured – including distinguished names from the worlds of fashion, art, and jewellery.
Specialist Showcase. Each year the Concours of Elegance plays host to the world’s leading automotive specialists who will offer guests the chance to walk away with car of their own. William I’Anson, Fiskens, Hilton & Moss, Nicholas Mee, and Polestar are but a few of the specialists that will be at Hampton Court Palace. For more details, visit concoursofelegance.co.uk
Tucked away in Chelsea and Richmond is a unique destination that blends glamour with financial savvy. Meet Posh Pawn, the standout star of Prestige Pawnbrokers — where luxury meets opportunity. Whether you’re looking to sell, buy, borrow against, or simply explore a curated world of high-end goods, Posh Pawn is your go-to for all things prestige.
With a long-standing reputation for discretion and expertise, Posh Pawn has carved out a niche in the world of luxury asset management. As part of the highly regarded Prestige Pawnbrokers, it’s built on trust, professionalism, and a deep knowledge of the luxury market. Their locations in Chelsea and Richmond reflect this legacy, offering
Discover the Hidden Luxury of Posh Pawn
tailored services that go far beyond traditional pawnbroking.
How does it work? Posh Pawn provides shortterm loans using high-end items as collateral— from designer handbags and watches to fine jewellery, cars, art, and collectibles. It’s a discreet, flexible option that lets you unlock the value of what you own while keeping ownership.
Whether you’re refining your collection or just making space, Posh Pawn also buys luxury items. You can choose to sell outright or use the value toward a part exchange on another pre-owned piece. Their team carefully appraises everything— from Rolex watches and Hermès Birkins to vintage jewellery and collectibles—to ensure fair, competitive pricing. The process is simple, confidential, and tailored to your needs.
Step into the world of Posh Pawn and discover a treasure trove of authenticated, pre-loved designer goods at unbeatable prices. From classic Chanel to statement Rolexes, every item is rigorously vetted for quality and authenticity. Indulge in premium fashion and fine accessories without the premium price tag.
Prefer shopping from home? Their online boutique—shopprestige.com—brings the world of preloved luxury straight to your fingertips.
With an ever-evolving inventory that spans the most iconic names in fashion, watches, jewellery, art and more, Posh Pawn is the destination for style hunters, collectors, and savvy shoppers alike.
Banff Mountain Film Festival Tour – gripping big-screen adventure!
2025 UK & Ireland Tour
Thrilling adventure – on the big screen!
The Banff Mountain Film Festival World Tour is bringing the latest action and adventure films to venues around the UK and Ireland for its 16th year. It will feature two new collections of short films packed with extreme expeditions, intrepid characters and stunning cinematography.
“Buckle up for a night of nail-biting adventure – from the comfort of a cinema seat!” says tour director Nell Teasdale. “Join the world’s top outdoor filmmakers and adventurers as they climb, ski, paddle, run and ride through the wildest corners of the planet. We guarantee you’ll leave inspired to have an adventure of your own too!”
As well as gripping films, each event features a free prize draw for outdoorsy goodies from the tour’s partners. Banff tour films are chosen from around 500 international entries into the Banff Mountain Film and Book Festival, which is held every November in the Canadian Rocky Mountains.
FILM HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE:
A Team Sport
Ultra-runner Courtney Dauwalter is one of the greatest athletes in the history of the sport, and she’s testing the limits of body and mind even further. Courtney has challenged herself to tackle three iconic 100-mile races back-to-back in one summer, including the legendary Tour du Mont Blanc in the Alps. A Team Sport explores how
Of A Lifetime
It’s the ultimate adventure destination. Of A Lifetime follows three extreme skiers and snowboarders as they sail across the notorious Drake Passage to ride the unimaginably steep, icy lines of Antarctica. Set against the breath-taking backdrop of the White Continent, the film also highlights a poignant passing of the adventure baton to the next generation.
Soul Flyers – The Longest Line
Witness the longest terrain-flying wingsuit line in history. Jumping in formation, Fred Fugen, Vincent Cotte and Aurélien Chatard travel an incredible 7.5km over the stunning landscape of Mont Blanc, passing mountaineers, glaciers, ice cracks and cliffs as they speed their way to a world record. This film takes the viewer up and into the middle of the action.
For more information and to book tickets, see banff-uk.com @UKBanffFilmFest
Courtney sees herself as the latest rung in a long ladder of women redefining the boundaries of trail running.
Top: Photo Credit Jordan Manoukian
Above: Of a Lifetime. Photo Credit Jerome Tanon
Below: Ice Waterfalls. Photo Credit David Sodomka
Photo Credit
From the film The Streif
Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD:
A Covent Garden Jewel in Fine Art and Antiques
Nestled in the heart of London’s Covent Garden, Cheshire Antiques Consultant
LTD is a premier fine art gallery and antiques dealer renowned for curating distinguished collections that span centuries of artistic mastery. From 17th-century oil portraits and Georgian watercolours to Victorian animal studies and striking modern realism, the gallery offers collectors and connoisseurs an eclectic yet refined selection of art and antiques.
With a reputation built on expertise, integrity, and passion, Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD serves private collectors, interior designers, and institutions alike. Each piece is carefully vetted for authenticity, provenance, and artistic merit, ensuring clients acquire works of enduring value and aesthetic excellence. Whether seeking a historic portrait, an evocative landscape, or a rare period frame, the team provides informed advice and tailored consultation aligned with individual taste and investment goals.
In addition to sales, the gallery offers comprehensive art consultancy services—including valuations, restoration referrals, and historical
research—bridging the gap between past and present in the most elegant way. Their extensive network of trusted specialists and scholars ensures clients benefit from industry-leading knowledge and support at every stage of their collecting journey.
Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD also participates in select art fairs and cultural events, enhancing visibility and offering clients opportunities to discover exceptional works. Educational content, artist features, and behindthe-scenes insights are regularly shared, enriching the overall collecting experience.
Located within easy reach of central London’s cultural landmarks and luxury shopping, the gallery presents a tranquil and inspiring space where history, beauty, and craftsmanship converge. Whether you are an experienced collector or a first-time buyer, Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD invites you to explore a world of fine art and timeless treasures.
To discover the latest arrivals or to arrange a private viewing, visit the gallery or reach out to the team for a personalised introduction to their everevolving collection.
Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD Covent Garden, London, UK
Step into a world where heritage meets elegance. At Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD, with over 25 years of expertise in British & European Fine Art, we specialise in curating rare, museum-quality paintings, sculptures & antiques for the discerning collector.
Our registered Office based in London, our online gallery offers a refined portfolio of timeless masterpieces – from 17th-century aristocratic portraiture to commanding bronze sculptures, maritime oil paintings, and distinguished sporting hunting scenes.
From noble portraiture and equestrian glory to maritime grandeur and rare bronzes, Cheshire Antiques Consultant LTD invites you to explore a legacy of artistry spanning centuries. Our curated collection bridges British and European heritage, offering investment-grade pieces for collectors, designers, and connoisseurs alike.
Top Terraces to enjoy this summer
Relax at Royal Horseguards Terrace
Escape the city heat at The Royal Horseguards Hotel’s new English country garden terrace, tucked beside Whitehall Gardens just off the Thames. This hidden gem offers a tranquil, leafy retreat with views of the London Eye, comfy wicker sofas, blankets, and blooming greenery. Enjoy leisurely lunches, intimate dinners or evening cocktails under the summer sky, with seasonal dishes like Pan Seared Seabass, Grilled Lamb Cutlets and fresh salads. Highlights from the spritz menu include The Terrace Spritz and Pimm’s Spritz, perfect for warm days. Dog-friendly and charming, it’s central London’s secret garden escape. royalhorseguardshotel.com/restaurants-andbars/the-terrace
Sip Roseblood at Courtyard Wine Cellars’ glamorous terrace in Covent Garden
When London heats up, Courtyard Wine Cellars’ Roseblood Courtyard Summer Terrace is Covent Garden’s perfect cool-down. Hidden in Floral Court, this Provençal-inspired oasis is filled with wild blooms and trailing greenery, serving crisp Roseblood rosé and light summer bites daily until 12th September. It’s ideal for sunny afternoons, pre-theatre drinks or private gatherings, seating up to 100 guests in relaxed elegance. As the sun sets, head below to Courtyard Wine Cellars’ vaulted arches to discover over 1,000 wines, artisan cheeses
and charcuterie — the ultimate city escape to sip and unwind.
courtyardwinecellars.com
A rooftop bar with a difference at JOIA Battersea
Perched on the 16th floor of art’otel London Battersea Power Station, JOIA Rooftop Bar offers a stylish escape with panoramic views of the Thames and the iconic power station chimneys. Inspired by Lisbon’s vibrant rooftop culture, the bar serves Portuguese petiscos and tapas crafted by two-Michelin-starred chef Henrique Sá Pessoa. Guests can enjoy inventive cocktails and a curated wine list in a chic, open-air setting. The rooftop also features a heated infinity pool, enhancing the luxurious ambiance. With its blend of Iberian flavours, stunning vistas, and elegant design, JOIA provides a unique and memorable experience in the heart of London.
joiabattersea.co.uk
Escape to Oxfordshire for some alfresco Michelin dining at The Nut Tree Inn
When London swelters, The Nut Tree Inn is the perfect countryside escape. Just a short train away, this charming Oxfordshire pub has held a Michelin Star since 2008 and offers world-class dining in a relaxed, rustic setting. Its beautiful garden terrace is the highlight in summer - a leafy haven with space for up to 80 guests to unwind over chilled wine and seasonal dishes while enjoying birdsong and the soothing waterfall. Owners Mike and Imogen North live next door and bring a warm, personal touch to every visit. From the creative seven-course tasting menu to elevated pub classics like golden Fish & Chips or a perfectly cooked steak, the food is fresh and generous, with produce from the pub’s own garden. Dogs are welcome too, so everyone can cool off in the countryside breeze with a glass from the award-winning wine list - the ultimate heatwave retreat. nuttreeinn.co.uk
Bury Manor Barn is one of the finest wedding venues in Sussex and can be found at the end of a quiet village lane, on the banks of the River Arun. It enjoys panoramic views of the valley.
A stunning Tudor barn, set in the picturesque rural village of Bury, near Pulborough in the heart of the South Downs National Park. The barn and its idyllic surroundings are in the grounds of Dorset House School – one of the oldest prep schools in the country.
Steeped in history, records of the Manor date back to the Domesday Book. Bury Manor has had many incarnations – from a monastic building in the 12th century to a traditional manor house and a popular Edwardian House party retreat from London. This is an incredibly individual and special venue. Church, Civil or Humanist ceremonies can be held in this unique setting.
Bury Manor Barn, The Manor, Church Lane, Bury, Pulborough, West Sussex RH20 1PB 01798 831791 info@burymanorbarn.com | www.burymanorbarn.co.uk
Bury Manor Barn Events (@burymanorbarn) Instagram photos and videos
BURY MANOR BARN
Claridge’s announces new chef names for ‘KITCHEN SUPPER SERIES’ in partnership with the good food guide
Agastronomic programme in the heart of Claridge’s kitchen July 2025: Claridge’s, the legendary Mayfair hotel, has announced new chef names for ongoing dining experience in partnership with renowned restaurant bible The Good Food Guide. The Kitchen Supper Series offers diners front row seats and extraordinary culinary theatre at the chef’s table, whilst top chefs featured in The Good Food Guide take over the hallowed Claridge’s kitchen for one night only. The exclusive dinners introduce notable names from the guide, from Scotland to Devon, Cumbria to Wales, celebrating the very best of British dining. This season, new names announced include Merlin Labron-Johnson from Osip in Somerset, which was awarded a Michelin Star in 2021, followed by a Michelin Green Star in 2023, and Paul Ainsworth from Paul Ainsworth at No6 in Cornwall, also awarded a Michelin star in 2013. Both celebrated chefs proudly feature in The Good Food Guide and look forward to taking over Claridge’s pots and pans with their very own menu. The L’Epicerie, the chef’s table overlooking the kitchens, offers up to 14 guests a convivial supper for a culinary night to remember. Commenting on the launch Simon Attridge, Culinary Director at Claridge’s, said, “The L’Epicerie is at the beating heart of the kitchen here at Claridge’s and we are proud to introduce these suppers to showcase the best of culinary talent across the UK. Working alongside the distinguished network of The Good Food Guide,
we look forward to exploring alternative and innovative menus and produce, whilst of course celebrating the timeless tradition of the hotel”. Adam Hyman, Publisher of the Good Food Guide, said, “Since it launched in 1951, The Good Food Guide has always been about showcasing the best cooking around Britain. After taking ownership of the Guide in 2021, we have hosted a number of events for our readers. We are incredibly excited to collaborate with Claridge’s for the Kitchen Supper Series and bring some of Britain’s best chefs to the heart of Mayfair to cook their food with Simon and his team.” The Kitchen Supper Series allows Londoners and hotel guests alike access to creative menus not usually accessible in London, with top names travelling from across the UK. Tickets are available to book via the Claridge’s website for individual guests or group bookings. Pricing per dinner will vary.
Galvin La Chapelle Launches New Affordable Michelin Lunch Menu for City Power Lunches
and Celebrations
Meanwhile Galvin portfolio celebrates 20 years with commemorative summer menu
This summer, the Michelin-starred Galvin La Chapelle in Spitalfields invites London’s City diners to discover a new way to enjoy relaxed luxury dining with the launch of its elegant new Lunch Menu, available now..
Celebrating 20 years of Galvin Restaurants, brothers Chris and Jeff Galvin continue to make fine dining more accessible than ever. Combining exceptional seasonal ingredients with awardwinning French technique, the new menu offers an irresistible way to enjoy Michelin-starred dining at one of London’s most atmospheric dining roomsall at an incredible price point.
With two courses at just £49.00 and three courses at £55.00, this new lunch menu positions Galvin La Chapelle as one of London’s most affordable Michelin-starred experiences, without ever compromising on quality. Set within a stunning Grade II-listed former Victorian school, Galvin La Chapelle is renowned for its soaring vaulted ceilings, dramatic architecture and warm, refined service, the perfect backdrop for client entertaining, city lunches, and power lunches that leave a lasting impression.
The new menu showcases the Galvin brothers’ dedication to celebrating seasonality, sustainability, and local produce, while championing luxury ingredients that elevate each dish. Guests can begin with starters like Buffalo Milk Panna Cotta with Sardine, Romana Artichoke and Oscietra Caviar; Orkney Scallop Lasagne with Sicilian Prawn &
Amalfi Lemon or Duck Liver Royal with Poached Peach. Mains include Cornish Cod with Sea Kale & Mussel en Mouclade; Grass-Fed Beef Brisket, and a sharing Salt Crusted Chateaubriand with Australian Black Truffle (£35.00 pp supplement) - perfect for a working lunch turned celebratory occasion.
Desserts tempt with the Signature Apple Tarte Tatin, Amalfi Lemon Cheesecake, or an Apricot Soufflé with Elderflower & Aged Balsamic - a sweet ending to an unforgettable city lunch complemented with only the best Champagne designed by the Galvin brothers.
Whether entertaining clients, marking a milestone with colleagues, or simply savouring a quiet moment away from the city rush, Galvin La Chapelle’s new lunch menu brings together casual fine dining and Michelin-starred quality in one of London’s most iconic dining spaces.
The new lunch menu launches on 10th July and is available for Lunch, 12PM-2PM, Monday – Saturday Discover more and book your table at galvinrestaurants.com
As the Galvin Restaurants family proudly celebrates 20 years of culinary excellence, a special Taste of Summer Menu has been launched across the portfolio: Galvin La Chapelle, Galvin Bistrot & Bar, and Galvin Green Man in Chelmsford. Embracing the best of seasonality and summer’s finest produce, these limited-time menus offer exceptional dining at an accessible price point: Galvin La Chapelle’s menu runs from 9th July
to 14th September at £55.00 per person, Galvin Green Man’s from 7th July to 13th September at £24.50 for two courses, and Galvin Bistrot & Bar’s menu from 9th July to 13th September at £28.00 per person. Guests are encouraged to check each venue’s website for full details and timings to ensure the menu is available on their chosen day.
ABOUT GALVIN RESTAURANTS:
Founded by brothers Chris and Jeff Galvin, the Galvin Restaurant group celebrates over 20 years of culinary excellence. Their flagship Galvin La Chapelle in the City of London has held a Michelin star since 2011 and is renowned for its stunning architecture and refined Frenchinspired menus. Next door in Spital Square, Galvin Bistrot & Bar brings a relaxed Parisianstyle dining experience with an ingredient-led seasonal menu. Outside of the city, Galvin Green Man in Chelmsford is an award-winning country pub set in the Essex countryside, combining heritage charm with modern British cooking and a Bib Gourmand. Together, these restaurants embody the Galvin brothers’ commitment to warm hospitality, seasonal produce, and accessible Michelin-quality dining.
ABOUT CHRIS GALVIN:
As co-founder of Galvin Restaurants, Chris Galvin remains the creative force and hands-on inspiration behind the group, bringing the same passion and energy he had on day one. Chris began his career in 1975 alongside Anthony Worrall Thompson, trained at The Ritz, and went on to make his mark at The Lanesborough Hotel, The Wolseley and Orrery — where he earned a Michelin Star.
ABOUT JEFF GALVIN:
Jeff Galvin, the other half of the Galvin brothers duo, also brings an impressive pedigree, having worked at The Savoy and as Head Chef at Marco Pierre White’s Oak Room and L’Escargot, where he earned his own Michelin Star - making the brothers the first British pair to hold separate Michelin stars at different restaurants. Today, Jeff remains hands-on in the kitchens, collaborating with Head Chefs, shaping menus, and championing fresh, seasonal produce. Since opening their first restaurant in 2005, he’s stayed at the heart of the Galvin group.
To find out more, visit galvinrestaurants.com
TINY WINE:
One of London’s Smallest Wine Bars Opens in Fitzrovia
Tiny Wine, one of London’s smallest wine bars, has officially opened at 21 Foley Street, taking over the former Crudo site in Fitzrovia. The new neighbourhood spot comes from Maria Yanez and Carlos Socorro, founders of the Latin American restaurant group Crudo Cocina Latina. Tiny Wine pairs a thoughtfully curated wine list with bold Latin American small plates and snacks in an intimate (and tiny) setting.
Located on the corner of two intersecting Fitzrovian streets, with a charming neighbourhood feel but only a stone’s throw away from the bustle of Soho and Oxford Circus, Tiny Wine is bursting with Latin American warmth, a love of connection and an appreciation for simple things done beautifully. A small wine bar with a big soul, it’s a place guests might wander into for just one glass and end up staying the whole night. Full of ambience and a community, guests will always be guaranteed to find conversation, soft Latin beats and glasses passed between tables.
Wine and Drinks: Tiny by name, but massively into wine, Tiny Wine is a perfectly-sized place for buying, tasting and discovering wine, with a thoughtfully chosen range that has everything from classic to lesser-known grapes and styles.
The wine list is intentionally small in size (around 50 bottles), made up of mostly natural or lowintervention wines sourced from small producers, trusted and admired for particular reasons and changing with the seasons. In addition to the range of wines on offer, the drinks menu also features an eclectic mix of spritzes, negronis and beers, including a tequila ginger spritz, spicy margarita spritz and mezcal negroni.
Food: With all food made for sharing and most to be eaten with your hands, the menu features a hand-picked selection of Bar snacks, Gildassavoury Basque skewers with a Latin American twist, Bocadilllos - gourmet mini sandwiches, crafted for pairing with great wine and of course Tapas. Highlights include: Mixto ceviche, Smokey octopus gilda and the two Miami-inspired sandwiches on the menu, the Cubanito, featuring pulled pork, honey ham, cheese, Dijon mustard, pickles and the Romeo & Julieta, featuring mozzarella, guava and rocoto. As much about culture as about comfort, the sweet and salty combo of the guava with the cheese are staples across Miami.
Design & Interiors: The 200 sq. foot venue is made up of four distinct, intimate areas. The
main floor features textured walls, soft arches and a central bar, with seating for 22 covers at high tables. A standing wine shop space holds up to 10 people, inviting guests to browse and mingle. Outside, al fresco tables provide space for 10 covers, perfect for soaking up the Fitzrovia buzz. Downstairs, The Secret Room is a hidden private dining space for up to 16 guests, ideal for intimate parties, tastings and get-togethers.
Maria Yanez, Co-Founder of Tiny Wine says: ‘We’re very excited to be launching Tiny Wine as a brand new concept. Tiny Wine was born from a love of the little things: small producers, cosy spaces and great conversation. The Fitzrovia space felt like the perfect home for a wine bar that’s all about big flavours in small pours and bold Latin American bites.’
Tiny Wine is now open, offering a small but iconic space where Latin warmth, great wine and good people come together for truly memorable nights.
For more information and to book visit eatcrudo.com/tiny-wine
Al fresco the Italian way at Scalini London
For over 35 years, Scalini London has been the epitome of authentic Italian dining, hosting special occasions and celebrations from our charming whitewashed Georgian townhouse on Walton Street, Chelsea.
Our journey began in 1959 with the opening of La Trattoria Terrazza in Soho. This establishment, known for its simple and traditional Italian cuisine served in a relaxed atmosphere, inspired a new generation of trattorias in London. It was here that Scalini’s founders, Mario Paggetti and Valerio Calzolari, first met, leading to the opening of the original Scalini restaurant in Chelsea in 1988.
Since then, we have become an iconic presence on Walton Street, renowned for our warm hospitality, generous portions, extensive menu, and premium wine list filled with Italian favourites. This year, following a spring makeover, Scalini’s bright and airy new conservatory is adorned with an Amalfi-inspired lemon tree criss-crossing the airy dining room, Upstairs, our private dining room and bar upstairs, bathed in natural light, is perfect for daytime lunches and receptions and transforms into a cosy and intimate setting as evening falls.
During the summer months, Scalini truly comes alive with al fresco dining on our Walton Street
THE DETAILS
To book a table or to hold a private dinner, party or celebration at Scalini, please contact info@scalinilondon.co.uk or call 020 7225 2301. scalinilondon.co.uk
Terrace from June to September. New this year, we are open for all-day Italian dining and aperitivo from Tuesday to Sunday, making an early lunch or a late bite always an option.
In the kitchen, Executive Chef Paulino Alves, a fixture at Scalini for over 30 years, excels in preparing signature dishes with a traditional, seasonal approach. From Spaghetti All’astice, featuring succulent lobster and the ripest Italian plum tomatoes, to the perfectly crisp and golden Veal Milanese with a squeeze of lemon and peppery rocket, Paulo elevates classic Italian cooking from the everyday to the exceptional.
Authentic hospitality, timeless recipes, and flavours combine to make Scalini an excellent choice for casual dining with friends and family in the heart of Chelsea.
The Clink at HMP Brixton Unveils New Summer Menus Celebrating Seasonal Creativity and Culinary Craftsmanship
The Clink Restaurant at HMP Brixton is proud to reveal its vibrant new Summer Menus, now available to book. From bold global flavours to elegant Sunday roasts, these menus showcase seasonal ingredients with flair – all served in one of the UK’s most unique and purpose-driven dining spaces.
Operated by The Clink Charity, the restaurant provides prisoners with professional training in culinary and front-of-house skills, helping them build a better future after release. Dining at The Clink means enjoying outstanding food while supporting a powerful mission to reduce reoffending through education, qualifications, and employment.
THE MENUS
The À La Carte Menu bursts with fresh, inventive dishes like Gunpowder Courgettes with labneh, tamarind, and mint, BBQ Jerk Monkfish with salt cod fritter and celeriac remoulade, and Grilled Napa Cabbage with smoked aubergine and saffron.
The Gourmet Menu offers a refined tasting experience, featuring standouts such as Seared Bavette with espelette hollandaise, and Chargrilled Pork Chop with goma noodles and smacked cucumber.
For a more traditional yet elevated experience, the Sunday Lunch Menu includes Striploin of Beef with Yorkshire pudding, Lemon & Thyme Chicken with bread sauce, and Fennel & Sage Porchetta – all served with seasonal vegetables and trimmings. All visits must be booked in advance at theclinkcharity.org/restaurants/brixton
The Clink Restaurant, HMP Brixton, Jebb Ave, London SW2 5XF
FUTURE OF FOOD FESTIVAL
An exciting line-up of masterclasses, delicious dining experiences and tasty talks from London’s leading chefs. 15 - 21 September 2025
London’s West End will prove once again why it’s the heart of culinary creativity in the capital, as Regent Street and St James’s Future of Food festival returns. A celebration of sustainability, creativity and innovation – shining a spotlight on the chefs, trailblazers and culinary pioneers who are transforming the way we grow, source and experience food.
Through an inspiring programme of one-off ticketed events, exclusive dining offers and the free-to-visit Discovery Zone, the festival explores food’s vital role in shaping a more sustainable future.
It will bring together an extraordinary line-up of culinary talent across 23 ticketed eventsattendees can enjoy exclusive dining experiences, from the likes of Michelin-starred chefs Alex Dilling (Hotel Café Royal) and Rafael Cagali (Da Terra); plus, creative talent such as Rishim
“The festival explores food’s vital role in shaping a more sustainable future”
Sachdeva (Tendril), Ollie Dabbous, Melissa Hemsley, and many more.
TICKETED EVENTS INCLUDE:
GASTRONOMIC GREATS: ALEX DILLING X RAFAEL CAGALI
Hotel Café Royal, 16th September, 7pm
Two of the UK’s most revered chefs unite for an exclusive, Michelin-starred dining experience - a headline event that pairs technical excellence with a shared vision for future-forward dining. Price: £140.
An immersive experience combining entertainment with purpose. Guests will enjoy sustainable food and drink in a unique shooting range setting –hosted in partnership with the British Shooting Association and delivering a fresh take on experiential dining. Price £60.
As well as the schedule of ticketed events, visitors can make the most of a range of exclusive offers available throughout the month.
While those looking for an eco-conscious tipple can take part in masterclasses from brands including Sapling Spirits, The Wild Wine School and speakeasy The Blind Pig at Sael – all offering an interactive and fun chance to learn more about sustainable spirits and drinks. The Discovery Zone and Cafe will delve into the powerful relationship between food, the environment, and nature restoration, exploring how what we eat can help heal the planet.
Shoppers can also take advantage of retail discounts across both Regent Street and St James’s. For full event listings, tickets and special offers, visit: regentstreetonline.com/ future-of-food-festival
Chef Alex Dilling, Hotel Cafe Royal
Piccolino
Barnet Food Festival 2025:
A Feast for the Whole Family at the RAF Museum
Looking for the perfect way to wrap up the summer? The Barnet Food Festival lands at the RAF Museum on 13–14 September, bringing a vibrant mix of food, music, entertainment, and aviation history to the heart of North London.
With over 40 food and drink stalls, the festival serves up a globe-trotting menu: Korean corn dogs with a modern twist, fully loaded mac and cheese, Caribbean-infused wings, and mouth-watering desserts like twisted ice creams and crunchy waffles. Whether you’re craving spice, comfort, or a little bit of everything, there’s something to excite every palate
But food is just the beginning. Families will find plenty to enjoy throughout the weekend. The Barnet Beach Bar, run by Luxuria Events, will be mixing up refreshing summer cocktails and fizz, while kids can dive into an area designed just for them - with face painting, festival glitter, and circus skills workshops led by Arthur Hyam, Britain’s Young Juggler of the Year (2014).
Over on the Spitfire Stage, expect a lively soundtrack from performers like Sound of Soul,
Lucy Alexandra, Jimmy B and The Barn-Ettes. The music keeps flowing all weekend, creating the perfect atmosphere to eat, drink, and dance the day away.
And don’t forget the venue itself: RAF Museum London, where guests can wander through six hangars of historic aircraft - an inspiring backdrop that adds depth and discovery to your day out.
Tickets start at £5 for children (including all children’s activities) , £10 for adults, or £27.50 for a family of four.
Whether you’re a foodie, a family, or just looking for a joyful weekend, the Barnet Food Festival promises something special for everyone.
Visit rafmuseum.org.uk/whatson to book.
Come hungry. Leave inspired. The Royal Air Force Museum London, Grahame Park Way, Colindale, London,NW9 5LL Telephone : 0208 205 2266
Email: london@rafmuseum.org
Faulty Towers The Dining Experience at the President Hotel
It’s the award winning, record breaking, comedy sensation that’s taken London and the world by storm. Now, in this special anniversary year celebrating 50 years since the airing of Fawlty Towers, Faulty Towers The Dining Experience continues to reign supreme as the longest-running and most celebrated stage adaptation of the beloved sitcom right in the heart of London’s Theatreland.
With over two million guests served across 43 countries, and now in its 13th year in London, this is more than a show, it’s a global phenomenon. Named by The Guardian as one of the West End’s longest-running productions, come and see for yourself why this show is endorsed by fans
worldwide. As one fan put it ‘Why watch from a seat when you can be in the show?’.
Basil, Manuel and Sybil are in town—and they’re bringing a healthy dose of mayhem to your door.
Fully immersive, highly interactive and completely original, this is the show where anything can and usually does happen . With 70% of the show improvised, it’s never the same twice. Expect two hours of comedy, a 70s-inspired three course meal, and the kind of acclaim only a global hit can earn. This critically acclaimed experience guarantees chaos, laughter, and an unforgettable night out.
Critics call it ‘comedy at its finest’ (Theatre Travels), A ‘fresh comedic invention’ (British Comedy Guide). Audiences agree: ‘The best thing I’ve seen in London, and I’ve lived here 30 years.’
Playing exclusively at the President Hotel in Bloomsbury, Faulty Towers The Dining Experience invites you to step inside the TV and become part of the action itself.
Whether you’re a lifelong fan or new to the madness of Fawlty Towers, this immersive experience guarantees laughter, nostalgia, and unforgettable memories.
THE DETAILS
With two hours of comedy and three courses of food, expect chaos, laughs, and a brilliant night out!
Accept no imitations. Book now. Tickets from just £62 faultytowersdining.com
LONDON’S BEST SUMMER WALKS
Awalk with family or friends couldn’t be more perfect to experience the spirit of summer in the capital. From sprawling treks across the city’s parks and nature reserves, to inner-city urban trails, here are just some of the best walks to enjoy in London.
Richmond Park
(Above) One of London’s most breathtaking landscapes and among the best places to enjoy wildlife. The 1,012-hectare space is made up of woodland, grassland and ponds. But the park is best known for its 630 wild red and fallow deer – so have your camera ready! The park is a top UK site for ancient trees and supports a range of rare species including fungi, birds, beetles, bats, grasses and wildflowers. Try your hand at power kiting, horse riding or golf, or hire a bike for some off-road cycling along the Tamsin Trail then refuel at Pembroke Lodge tea rooms and enjoy distant views of St Paul’s Cathedral from King Henry’s Mound.
Highgate Cemetery
(Below) Although it may seem a little macabre, Highgate Cemetery is one of England’s greatest treasures and one of the most peaceful, idyllic walks in the city. Notable writers, musicians, philosophers including George Eliot, Karl Marx, Jean Simmons, George Michael and Malcolm McLaren… and some rather well-off unknown individuals are laid to rest here. It has incredible architecture, mausoleums, and individual graves amongst an eerie gothic setting. A guided tour is well worth the cost, giving insight and knowledge of its fascinating history.
Bushy Park
At over 1000 acres, Bushy Park lies just north of Hampton Court Palace, Bushy is famed for its mix of waterways, gardens, and roaming herds of red and fallow deer. Visit the Upper Lodge Water Gardens, a historic gem hidden away in the north of the park. See if you can spot some of the arresting birdlife, from kingfishers to kestrels.
Hyde Park
Once the hunting ground for Henry VIII, this large royal park is best known for its famous Speakers’ Corner and Serpentine Lake, home to waterfowl and oarsmen. The Lido is open for the summer with the Swimming Club open all year round so brave folk can swim in frigid waters, sometimes as cold as 4C. Dip your toes in the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Fountain or just admire the views across the lake from a waterside café. Have a go at tennis, horse riding, or join the many joggers, walkers and cyclists enjoying the open air.
And enjoy a walk in the peaceful Woodland Gardens after fuelling up at the Pheasantry Café.
The Regent’s Park and Primrose Hill
The Regent’s Park (including Primrose Hill) covers 197 hectares, The park consists of formal gardens, shrubberies, sports pitches, rough grassland, a large lake, small enclosed wood and a canal with embankments. Regents Park also houses various structures and organisations both public and private, including the iconic ZSL London Zoo. Primrose Hill has a character all of its own, at the summit of this grassy hill are stunning panoramic views from 63 metres above sea level from six different viewpoints.
Battersea Park
With its gardens and sculptures offering the chance to escape through botanics and brief history lessons to far-flung destinations around the world, Battersea Park is one of the prettiest and most varied green spaces to walk in London. The Grade II-listed, 200-acre park boasts a spot of inner-city tranquillity - the Old English Garden: a walled hideaway in which a lily-covered pond and vibrant foliage is tended to by a Chelsea Flower Show gold medal-winner. Battersea Park also holds a children’s zoo, a boating lake, and a playground.
Hampstead Heath
Stretching from Hampstead across to Highgate, a roam across beautiful Hampstead Heath takes you to the countryside. It has provided inspiration for countless films, books and poems. with its 320-hectare wood and 18 ponds - three of which are reserved for wild swimming if you can brave the elements! Climb up Parliament Hill, stop to admire the spectacular views and continue towards the stunning Kenwood House, renowned for its impressive landscaped gardens.
Greenwich Park
On a summer’s day, there are few better places to be than at the top of Greenwich Park. The 74-hectare space is part of a UNESCO World Heritage Site, as it overlooks the National Maritime Museum and the Old Royal Naval College, with the River Thames and Canary Wharf in the distance. Greenwich Park is an amazing mix of 17th century landscape, stunning gardens and a rich history that dates back to Roman times and a small herd of Fallow and Red deer, harking back to its royal hunting past. There’s also a children’s playground where kids can run around and exhaust themselves.
There are many more parks and open spaces to discover in London, all bringing a bit of countryside into the capital.
Wimbledon and Putney Commons
1,140 acres of countryside amidst the urban surroundings of Wimbledon, Putney and Kingston-upon-Thames. Designated a Site of Special Scientific Interest and a Special Area of Conservation, the Commons provide an important home for wildlife With woodland, scrubland, heathland and mown recreation areas – and nine ponds. They are the home to a wide variety of bird, animal and plant life. Being an unfenced Common, the whole area is open to the public 24 hours a day throughout the year for visitors to explore, relax and unwind. You will also see avid horse riders from the nearby Wimbledon Village Stables.
Holland Park
Located in one of the most desirable areas in London. amble around its formal gardens, loop the woodland in the north of the park then follow the path into Kyoto Garden, a Japanese garden with stone lanterns, a waterfall and carp-filled pond. Look out for freeroaming peacocks all year round. The park also has an orangery, tennis courts and a cricket pitch.
This image: Bushy Park Below L-R: the Regent’s Park; Hampstead Heath; Greenwich Park
Premium Chauffeur Services in London
CHAUFFEUR-DRIVEN LUXURY & EXECUTIVE AIRPORT TRANSFERS. YOUR PERSONAL DRIVER AWAITS.
Experience Comfort, Safety, and Professionalism on Every Ride: Chauffeur in London
Excel Chauffeurs is a highly professional and reliable chauffeur driven service in London, specializing in Airport Transfers, Corporate Events, Weddings, and Sightseeing Tours.
Our experienced drivers are committed to ensuring safety, comfort, and timeliness in all journeys, making use of a modern luxury fleet that includes the Mercedes S-Class and Range Rover Autobiography models.
Billed as the ultimate end-of-summer Bank Holiday bonanza, the fun-fuelled Silverstone Festival really lives up to its name.
Silverstone Festival (previously known as The Classic) is an award-winning event staged annually at the famous Silverstone Circuit in Northamptonshire: birthplace of the FIA Formula One World Championship and home to the Formula 1 British Grand Prix. The annual extravaganza is, of course, a petrolhead’s paradise packed with thousands of much-loved classic cars plus an unrivalled roster of epic retro races all stirring up treasured memories of motoring as well as motorsport’s golden eras.
The Silverstone Festival 2025 promises a packed weekend of action…
The circuit will be celebrating a monumental milestone: the 75th anniversary of the FIA Formula 1 World Championship. It was back in 1950, that Silverstone was honoured to host the very first points scoring F1 World Championship race. Among the highlights is a dedicated race for 500cc Formula 3 cars, marking the first time these pint-sized legends will headline the event.
The celebrations will take place both on and off the famous Grand Prix track with record-breaking racing grids and a never-before-seen display of
highly evocative cars, showcasing the full 75 years of F1 history.
Presented as ‘The World Champions Collection’, it will star legendary machines as raced by every one of the 34 Formula 1 title winners including all the greats: Juan Manuel Fangio, Jim Clark, Sir Jackie Stewart, Niki Lauda, Alain Prost, Ayrton Senna, Sir Lewis Hamilton, Sebastian Vettel and, most recently, Max Verstappen.
“It will be the first time such a display has
Giuseppe Farina takes the chequered flag to win the 1950 British Grand Prix at Silverstone
Celebrating 75 Years of Racing Excellence
22-24 August 2025, Bank Holiday Weekend
At Pilates Squared Kensington we step away from the large gym classes and allowed the client to have a Pilates workout that is personally tailored for them.
From the super fit, to pre and post natal, to injuries.. Classical or Dynamic, whatever your style. Private sessions to small group classes, we offer something for everyone.
To Book your first session, go to www.pilatessquared.co.uk or call us on 0207 244 9898.
Pilates Squared: voted Pilates Studio of the Year by British Vogue and Best Pilates Studio UK by Prestige Magazine
ever been assembled… and it will be incredible,” enthused Nick Wigley, event director. “We wanted something really special to honour this momentous 75th anniversary milestone and this incredible World Champions Collection will do just that.”
Fans can also look forward to: GT3 Legends Showdown: Featuring competition supercars from marques like Ferrari, McLaren, and Lamborghini, covering the golden years of 2006–2015.
Formula Libre Double-Header: A thrilling mix of single-seaters from historic eras, including F2, F3, and V8-powered F5000.
With 20 races on the programme, the event offers something for everyone. From iconic historic cars to modern classics, the variety ensures a spectacle across all three days.
But more than that, the thrilling, not-to-bemissed weekend is a true family festival bursting with activities and entertainment for all ages and interests, creating a raft of new memories that will last a lifetime.
There’s a Foodie Fest with cooking demos from famous TV chefs, an artisan market and tasting tent; a shopping village; an Adrenaline Zone with enjoyable fun fair rides and more spine-tingling experiences for thrill-seekers; a Village Green with garden games: a FanZone with F1 show cars and simulators and, further fuelling the festival vibe, there’s live music from chart-toppers on all three evenings. This summer’s headliners are Natasha
THE DETAILS
Full details can be found at silverstone.co.uk/ events/ silverstone-festival Follow on
Bedingfield, Craig David and Ministry of Sound Classical.
And there’s so much more, too. Jaw-dropping stunt shows, eye-catching car club cavalcades and even an on-site auction for those inspired to splash some cash on a thought-provoking classic from yesteryear.
One day is never enough at the non-stop Silverstone Festival – that’s why more and more choose to camp out for all three days.
Guaranteeing outstanding value-for-money, the price of admission includes access to both racing paddocks, all the special displays, open trackside grandstands, the majority of the interactive activities, the award-winning interactive Silverstone Museum and the impressive line-up of live music.
Indeed, afternoon tickets are also on sale for those favouring the sunset party atmosphere, while endorsing the amazing event’s family credentials accompanied children aged under 16 attend free.
So why not end this summer on a massive high and come with all the kids? There really couldn’t be a better way to spend the Bank Holiday.
500cc F3 cars will be in the stellar line-up appearing at Silverstone Festival 2025.
Why Peace of Mind Is the Ultimate Luxury
The quiet luxury most high-achievers now seek isn’t more security. It’s certainty.
Certainty that the people around them are who they say they are.
Certainty that their privacy is protected.
Certainty that their family, reputation, and business aren’t vulnerable to manipulation, betrayal, or intrusion.
Today’s most discerning individuals and families aren’t just hiring professionals, they’re vetting them. Whether it’s a housekeeper, a business associate, or a romantic partner, due diligence is no longer just for boardrooms. It’s becoming part of responsible modern living.
The digital age has made background information more available than ever, but that doesn’t make it easier to interpret. In fact, surfacelevel searches often do more harm than good, giving a false sense of security or raising red flags without context.
It’s too easy to curate an online persona, to carefully craft the version of yourself the world sees. Social media and polished CVs can be manipulated to tell the story someone wants you
to believe.
This is where the role of a modern investigative agency comes into its own. Our job is to find what’s behind that curated version, to uncover the real story. Not assumptions. Just the truth.
The best private investigators today operate less like the stereotype and more like specialist intelligence units, combining advanced technology with deep human experience. They deliver clarity.
For families, this may look like vetting new staff or seeing a potential risk before it escalates. For individuals, it may mean discreetly verifying someone’s background without leaving a digital footprint. For businesses, it’s about protecting what matters: people, data, and trust.
Peace of mind isn’t a nice-to-have anymore. It’s part of what it means to live well and live wisely. nationalprivateinvestigators.co.uk
“Whether
it’s a housekeeper, a business associate, or a romantic partner, due diligence is no longer just for boardrooms. It’s becoming part of responsible modern living”
BONHAMS PRESENTS
DOWNTON ABBEY
Major Auction of Costumes and Props
Online from 18 August - 16 September 2025
It’s been 15 years since audiences first met the aristocratic Crawley family and their domestic staff. Through many loves and losses, births and deaths, scandals and seismic world events, the doors of Downton Abbey have remained open. Now after running for six seasons from 2010 to 2015 and with a third and final motion picture about to hit the screen this September, the landmark series Downton Abbey is set to bid a final goodbye.
But before the doors of Downton close for good, Bonhams is to hold a farewell exhibition and auction of props, costumes, and set pieces from across the series. The sale will run online on bonhams.com alongside a special exhibition taking place at Bonhams New Bond Street, London, which will be free and open to the public.
Highlights of the sale include:
• Michelle Dockery (as Lady Mary): Wedding 1 Prop Costume, and wedding bouquet Season 3, Episode 1. Estimate: £3,000 - £5,000.
• Jessica Brown Findlay (as Lady Sybil): Harem Pant Prop Costume Season 1, Episode 4. Estimate: £3,000 - £5,000.
• Dame Maggie Smith (as Violet Crawley): Light Pink Day Dress and Dark Grey Day Dress Season 6, Episode 1, Episode 9. Estimate: £1,500£2,000.
• A clapper board used in the production of the film Downton Abbey: A New Era. Estimate: £1,000 - £1,500.
• An autographed script of Downton Abbey Season One, Episode One, Carnival Film & Television Ltd, 2010. Estimate: £600 – £800.
• The Downton Abbey Bell Wall. Estimate: £5,000 - £7,000.
“Bonhams
is to hold a farewell exhibition and auction of props, costumes, and set pieces from across the series”
With more than 120 million viewers around the world, the Golden Globe, BAFTA, and Primetime Emmy Award-winning series created by Julian Fellowes, is one of the most popular programmes in the history of British television. The Downton Abbey series are produced by Carnival Films, which is part of Universal International Studios, a division of Universal Studio Group. For more details, visit bonhams.com
Carnival Films will contribute their proceeds from items they have donated to Together for Short Lives, the UK’s leading charity for children with life-limiting conditions and their families. The charity provides vital care and support, helping families make the most of every moment they have together, whether at home, in hospital, or in children’s hospices across the country. For more information togetherforshortlives.org.uk
South Africa v Argentina
The Rugby Championship - South Africa v Argentina Comes to London at Allianz Stadium – Twickenham this Autumn
The Rugby Championship is coming to London on Saturday, 4 October 2025 (Kick-Off: 2pm), with Rugby World Cup winners and defending champions South Africa taking on Argentina in a big southern hemisphere clash at Allianz Stadium, Twickenham. And with the match falling on the final weekend of the Rugby Championship, everything could be on the line to decide who will be crowned champions.
With Argentina taking the scalps of South Africa, Australia and New Zealand in last year’s Rugby Championship, rugby fans can look forward to a fully-charged, highly competitive contest between two world-leading sides.
For South Africa, the showdown against Argentina marks a return to a familiar venue, having played three Test matches over the last 18 months at Allianz Stadium, beating England (2920) and Wales (41-13) in 2024, and New Zealand 35-7 in 2023 on their way to World Cup glory.
“It’s always exciting to play at Twickenham and we look forward to facing Argentina for the first time in the UK,” said Rassie Erasmus, the
Springbok Head Coach.
“We’ve played two neutral-venue Test matches at the iconic stadium since 2023 against New Zealand and Wales, and we thoroughly enjoyed the experience, especially with the passionate crowd filling the stadium and the large contingent of Springbok supporters based in the UK.
“We have no doubt this match is going to be another exciting spectacle given the intense battles between the Springboks and Los Pumas over the last few years, and we are looking forward to the challenge.”
Los Pumas Head Coach, Felipe Contepomi also commented, “facing the world champions is always a great challenge and a tough test that we have year after year thanks to The Rugby Championship. Playing against the best teams raises our level and is a great opportunity to keep growing.”
Many of the world’s leading players – including Siya Kolisi, Cheslin Kolbe, current World Rugby Player of the Year Pieter-Steph du Toit, Eben Etzebeth, Julián Montoya, Pablo Matera, Juan Cruz Mallía and Santiago Carreras are set to grace the Allianz Stadium turf, making this is a white-hot ticket for rugby fans.
Watch world class international rugby in action with edge of your seat entertainment. Tickets are selling fast, so don’t miss out - Buy Now! Visit ticketmaster.co.uk
THE DETAILS
See superstars of the game in a blockbuster action-packed final match of The Rugby Championship. Secure your seats early. Visit ticketmaster.co.uk For a 10% discount on groups of 10 or more, visit eticketing.co.uk/rfu/events
Hospitality packages from £179 PP +VAT. Visit allianzstadiumtwickenham.com
UNPLUG, UNWIND, AND RECONNECT:
Why The Grove is the ultimate countryside retreat
Ashort 18-mile journey from London brings you to The Grove—300 acres of luxury, natural beauty, and unforgettable experiences. Whether you’re planning a family staycation or a romantic escape, this countryside estate offers something for every kind of guest, always with a touch of the unexpected. With four restaurants, an awardwinning golf course, nature trails, cycling routes and a walled garden complete with beach and outdoor pool, it’s the ultimate staycation.
For those craving calm, Sequoia Spa is The Grove’s hidden sanctuary. Step into serenity with a dip in the 22-metre black mosaic pool or unwind in the hydrotherapy Jacuzzi. Sequoia is home to premium skincare brands Natura Bissé and Bamford, and offers a curated menu of treatments designed to rejuvenate and restore. The Signature Sequoia Massage is a blissful fusion of Swedish, Thai and Shiatsu techniques, designed to ease both body and mind. With warm, intuitive service and a team who treat every guest like a regular, everything is tailored to you. But the experience doesn’t end in the treatment room. Post-massage, guests can head to Sequoia Kitchen – a calm, nourishing space serving up fresh poke bowls, energising smoothies and wholesome wraps, perfect for a relaxed refuel.
“For
those craving calm, Sequoia Spa is The Grove’s hidden sanctuary”
Wellness at The Grove goes far beyond the spa. Begin your morning with a stroll through the woodland trails or a refreshing breakfast at The Stables, overlooking the 18-hole Championship golf course. Looking for something livelier? Head to The Glasshouse, where live cooking stations and globally inspired dishes add theatre to every meal. Think sushi, fresh pasta, slow-cooked roasts and seasonal desserts, all prepared before your eyes.
Whether you’re looking for an active getaway, dining alfresco or exploring the formal gardens, The Grove offers a luxury escape that’s familyfriendly without compromise, romantic without clichés, and just the right distance from London to feel like a real break.
thegrove.co.uk
IN CONVERSATION AT KEW GARDENS
Picnic, Performance and Culture 4 - 7 September 2025
Pack a picnic and head to Kew Gardens for an exciting new series of live outdoor events featuring well-known TV faces. Richard Osman, Mary Beard, Adam Frost and John Craven are just some of the household names that will be In Conversation at Kew Gardens. With captivating chat, laughter and lively debate, you can also choose from lunchtime or afternoon performances and enjoy all that Kew Gardens offers – included in the ticket price.
Radio Times magazine kicks off the lunchtime session, with Richard Osman joining Radio Times editor, Tom Loxley, and columnist and podcaster, Caroline Frost, to discuss his career highlights. From Cambridge University to hit TV game show creator (8 Out of 10 Cats, Richard Osman’s House of Games) and best-selling author (The Thursday Murder Club novels, upcoming Netflix series and a new book), Richard shares TV talk, book inspiration and the secrets to a good (literary) murder.
Fellow Pointless host, presenter, actor and comedian, Alexander Armstrong, joins the action as they share their top TV quiz and game show moments with Radio Times’ Tom Loxley. Then for some audience participation, Osman and Armstrong turn quizmasters, bringing ‘The Best Quiz Ever’ to the Kew Gardens stage. Fun, fiendishly clever questions are a given so bring your quizzing A-game and a phone or tablet.
On Friday 5 September, HistoryExtra presents Ancient Rome: Republic to Empire. Historian Tom Holland and Classicist Professor Mary Beard are in conversation with HistoryExtra podcast editor, Ellie Cawthorne. With their signature storytelling flair, the learned pair will bring ancient history to life. From Caesar’s dramatic power plays to scandalous intrigue, take a deep dive into the politics, battles, and betrayals that shaped the Roman Empire.
On Saturday 6 September, BBC Gardeners’ World Live welcomes Adam Frost and Frances Tophill for a day of green-fingered inspiration and plant-based chat. Presenter and keen gardener, Nicki Chapman will be harvesting horticultural
highlights and digging deep for behind-the-scenes gems from the much-loved BBC2 gardening show, amongst Kew Gardens’ perfect surroundings.
On Sunday 7 September, join BBC Countryfile presenters, Adam Henson, Anita Rani, John Craven and Matt Baker as they celebrate the heart of rural Britain. Hosted by Anita Rani, the team share life behind the Countryfile cameras, the unpredictability of TV, countryside and the weather, and unforgettable moments and stories that left a lasting impression.
For more information and to purchase tickets, visit inconversationlive.co.uk
Main image: Copyright RBG Kew, Ines Stuart-Davidson
Elevate your picnics with Pickle Picnics, a London-based lifestyle brand offering picnic accessories designed to inject fun, colour and oodles of space to your outdoor gatherings. Created with quality and practicality in mind, our products have been thoughtfully designed to be functional, beautiful, and easy to use!
The range consists of Extra-Large Picnic Mats which are waterproof, sand and grass resistant and machine washable, Insulated Cooler Bag Sets, Parasols, and Insulated Ceramic-coated Wine Tumblers.
All products are available in a variety of colours and patterns.
Pictograms: Iconic Japanese Designs
Open now at Japan House London, Pictograms is a new, free exhibition that explores the beauty and precision of Japanese design and its impact on the art of visual communication.
Pictograms are everywhere. From street signs and text messages to toilet doors and maps, they have transformed global travel, removing barriers by creating a universal visual language. Japan has played an integral role in the evolution of pictograms - developing the early sporting pictograms of the 1964 Tokyo Olympic Games and the creation of ‘emoji’ (a word which many people don’t realise is Japanese).
This exhibition follows the story of visual symbols, encompassing carvings in ancient Egyptian tombs and the development of Chinese
characters, as well as more than 600 modern signs created to guide people around Japan today. It explores how these symbols have evolved throughout history and the fascinating process behind their design.
Visitors are invited to devise their own unique symbol that can be shared on social media, and then step into life-sized pictograms themselves, standing under a 2.5-metre torii shrine gate or facing up to a sumo wrestler. The exhibition also offers the first chance to see winning pictograms designed by young people from the UK, who were invited to represent ‘their London’ in graphic form.
Visit Japan House London for a masterclass in communicating without words. japanhouselondon.uk
“Pictograms are everywhere. From street signs and text messages to toilet doors and maps, they have transformed global travel, removing barriers by creating a universal visual language”
NEW FAMILY TRADITION AT GREENWICH THEATRE
One of the biggest traditions in theatreland has to be Panto season, when venues across the country each put on their biggest show of the year, families come back year after year and recognise their favourite actors back on stage, and often children get their one theatre trip of the year.
There’s no doubt that Greenwich Theatre’s pantomime is up there among the very best, winning two big awards (best script and best Panto) at last year’s national pantomime awards,
so it’s maybe no surprise that the theatre is also leading the charge to create a new theatre tradition with their shows for families in the summer.
After last year’s record-breaking summer production of Beauty and the Beast, the team at the theatre have scaled up their summer ambitions even more with a pair of new shows – a new version of The Elves and the Shoemaker for ages 3+, and a new musical take on The Three Musketeers for ages 6+.
For The Elves and the Shoemaker, Brad Tutt and members of the cast have been inspired by the original tale to bring magic (and mayhem) into the shop of a struggling shoemaker. Threatened with closure for not paying the rent (and how do you pay rent if you can only make green wellies and brown clogs?), it’s going to take a huge helping of elf magic to get things back on track…
Meanwhile Anthony Spargo, the award-winning writer behind the Greenwich panto, has turned his pen to the adventures of the famous musketeers who here have to rescue Prince Louis from the clutches of the scheming Cardinal Richelieu. Complete with a heady does of swashbuckling and lots of unforgettable music thrown in, with hits from Beyoncé to Christina Aguilera and Queen adding to the excitement, this is as close as anyone is likely to get to panto outside of the festive season. Tickets are available for both shows at greenwichtheatre.org.uk
See ABBA Voyage This Summer
Since opening in 2022, over three million fans from across the world have seen Agnetha, Björn, Benny and Frida’s digital performance on stage at London’s ABBA Arena. This year marked the third anniversary of ABBA Voyage in London, and to celebrate, ABBA have added a little something to their concert with new tracks including Name of the Game and Money, Money, Money. Blending cutting-edge technology, spectacular lighting, and music from the pop group’s phenomenal 50-year career, ABBA takes to the stage in a whole new way. This really is a concert that “needs to be seen to be believed” (BBC). ABBA Voyage is a groundbreaking 100-minute spectacle.
The concert features digital versions of Agnetha, Björn, Benny, and Frida, recreated via motion-capture to appear as they did in their late-1970s prime. These digital versions perform iconic hits such as Dancing Queen, Mamma Mia, and Waterloo, accompanied by a live 10-piece band and dynamic lighting, lasers, and surround sound. Critics have praised the visuals as “jaw-dropping” and “brain-exploding,” with some saying they genuinely couldn’t tell what was real. Housed in the ABBA Arena, ABBA Voyage is just one minute’s walk from Pudding Mill Lane station (served by the DLR) or can be reached via London Underground, London Overground and National Rail Services
“This summer, the ABBA Arena spills outdoors with a dedicated summer experience – a celebration of long evenings, great music, and unforgettable memories”
from Stratford and is just 20 minutes from central London. What’s more, this summer, the ABBA Arena spills outdoors with a dedicated summer experience – a celebration of long evenings, great music, and unforgettable memories. Every Friday and Saturday, get party ready with live DJ sets before the concert. Sip a refreshing mocktail or enjoy a glass of rosé at the outdoor bar, where guests can soak up the sun and enjoy light bites from the seasonal summer menu. All tickets offer a great view of the concert, so whether you’re looking to meet friends on the dance floor, take in the views from a seat, or party in a private dance booth, there’s something for everyone. So if you are looking to make your first visit to the ABBA Arena – or you have already enjoyed the concert –this summer there are yet more reasons to take a trip to the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park. abbavoyage.com
Don’t Tell Mama
23rd to 26th January 2026
Forget the cold winter nights in January, Butlin’s is turning up the heat from 23rd to 26th January 2026 with the launch of Don’t Tell Mama, a brand-new LGBTQ+ Big Weekender bringing three days and nights of outrageous fun to their Bognor Regis Resort.
Get ready to immerse yourself in a weekend of Drag Royalty, featuring RuPaul’s Drag Race UK stars Tia Kofi, La Voix, Michael Marouli and Celebrity Big Brother finalist and fan-favourite Danny Beard, while camp pop icons such as the newly announced Vengaboys, alongside Louise, East 17, and Claire Richards will give you the perfect amount of 90s nostalgia. Plus, TikTok troublemaker Bailey J Mills and the iconic Myra DuBois will grace the stage with their presence, wit, and irreverent charm, guaranteed to leave audiences in stitches… and maybe just a little bit afraid.
And as if the headliners weren’t enough, there’s non-stop entertainment around the clock during the day. Enjoy Bottomless Drag Brunches hosted by the queens of your dreams, Mahatma Khandi and Ella V Ryde, and Pool Parties soundtracked by Gaydio and “London’s Duttiest Black Queer Club,” Queer Bruk. You can also dive into Drag Bingo with Alfie Ordinary, Drag Karaoke with Letitia Delish, theatrical excellence with
“And as if the headliners weren’t enough, there’s non-stop entertainment around the clock during the day”
C’est Magnifique, a musical cabaret show, and even escape rooms and digital darts at Butlin’s PLAYXPERIENCE if you need a break from all the glitter.
When night falls, the resort transforms into a dancefloor dream, with club takeovers from Brighton’s Polyglamorous, London’s BEEFMINCE, and What’s Your Pleasure?, complimented by top-tier DJs. Saturday night will bring a resort-wide costume party (theme dropping soon), and Gaydio will close the weekend with a bang at the One Last Dance Party.
Behind it all is Brighton-based LGBTQ+ events company Twelve A Studios Ltd, pulling out all the stops to make Don’t Tell Mama a weekender to remember: The perfect place for the LGBTQ+ community and its allies to let their hair down.
With great food, bars, and accommodation all just steps away from the action, and the final phase of the line-up still to come, we never thought we’d say it… but bring on January! Find out more at dont-tell-mama.co.uk
THE FAERY TALE CASTLE: Strawberry Hill House Flower Festival 2025
Friday 12 – Sunday 14 September 2025
The UK’s most sustainable flower festival returns this September, transforming Strawberry Hill House & Garden into a faery-tale realm where imagination runs wild.
For one magical weekend, The Faery Tale Castle will burst into bloom, as over 50 of the UK’s pioneering floral artists conjure up spellbinding displays inspired by folklore and fairy legends. Using only British flowers and sustainable techniques - free from floral foam and single-use plastics - they’ll weave nature’s untamed beauty into every corner of this gothic masterpiece.
Guest curated by botanical artist Gaia Eros, with founder Leigh Chappell, this year’s festival invites you into a world of spinning wheels, a witch’s perfumery, flying carpets, a goblin market – and even a giant spider in the gardens!
Florists are encouraged to think not only
creatively, but conscientiously - crafting beauty that leaves no trace.
And there could be no more fitting stage than Strawberry Hill House, the celebrated Gothic villa created in the 18th century by writer, collector, and garden designer Horace Walpole. Strawberry Hill is often described as Britain’s first faery-tale castle, a white turreted confection that helped ignite the Gothic revival. Inside, visitors wander through theatrical interiors of gilded fan vaults and mirrored alcoves. Outside, the gardens reflect Walpole’s own pioneering ideas about nature, landscaping, and beauty. His 1780s essay On Modern Gardening helped establish the English landscape movement, while from this house he famously coined the word “serendipity”- to describe the art of unexpected discovery.
That same spirit infuses the festival: each room holds a new surprise, embracing the idea of
floristry as visual storytelling - a world away from high-street bouquets or competitive flower shows.
Just as Walpole delighted in the “curious, the singular, and the whimsical,” the Flower Festival celebrates creativity born from thinking differently. This year, a quietly radical curatorial thread has emerged: many of the exhibiting artists are neurodivergent. Their work isn’t labelled as such, but it reflects the festival’s ethos of celebrating difference and championing originality.
The Flower Festival has become a defining moment in our cultural calendar,” says Dr David Gaimster, Director of Strawberry Hill House, “uniting artistic excellence with an ethos of sustainability that feels both timely and deeply rooted in the spirit of the house.”
“It’s the moment in the floral year where florists come together non-competitively to create magic,” says guest curator Gaia Elkington, “elevating each other and showing guests the extraordinary possibilities of botanical art.”
Now in its seventh year, the festival stands apart from typical flower shows in both spirit and sustainability. All materials are locally sourced, foraged or grown by the florists themselves - no imported blooms, no wasteful packaging. “The only waste from this festival ends up on the compost heap,” say the organisers.
Workshop: Floral Arrangement & Photography with Leigh Chappell & Janne Ford Saturday 13 September, 12pm
Part of the Flower Festival weekend, this special session combines a bouquet-making demonstration with tips on photographing flowers for social media. A great opportunity to learn from two leading names in floristry and floral styling. Standard Adult Ticket: £15. Please note that you will need to buy a separate ticket to enter the flower festival.
Dried Flowers Workshop with Layla Robinson Friday 12 September, 12–1pm
A live demonstration by Everlasting Flower Artist Layla Robinson, showing how she creates her signature dried flower wreaths.. Workshop ticket: £15 (Flower Festival entry ticket required)
The Faery Tale Castle Late – Flower Crown Demonstration with Sophie Powell Friday 12 September, 6:30pm–late (Talk at 8pm) Wander the shadowy corridors and floral-filled chambers after hours, then relax in the Gallery with a glass of fizz as Sophie Powell demonstrates the magical art of creating avant-garde flower crowns. Tickets: £30 (includes drink) Spaces are limited for this atmospheric evening tour — early booking advised.
THE DETAILS
Strawberry Hill House & Garden 268 Waldegrave Road, Twickenham, TW1 4ST
For visitor information, ticket prices and availability, visit: strawberryhillhouse.org.uk
Bottom Of Opposite Page: Fiona Pickles, Flower Festival 2011. Photo By Justin Coe
This page, clockwise from top left: Wreath by Layla Robinson Design, 2025; Emma Spowage, Flower Festival 2022. Photo By Emma Spowage; Botanical Tales, Flower Festival 2022. Photo By Janne Ford; Layla Robinson Design, Flower Festival 2022. Photo By Janne Ford
CHEEKY MONKEY TREEHOUSES
In an age where screen time dominates, and outdoor play is too often sidelined; Cheeky Monkey Treehouses offers something refreshingly simple - and extremely important: a place for imagination to run riot.
With over 25 years’ experience building all over the world, each tree house starts with a personalised site visit from their design team, followed by scaled hand drawn three dimensional designs incorporating personal ideas and accessories. Once the design process is complete the expert Cheeky Monkey build team will come to site and bring the design to life.
What sets Cheeky Monkey Treehouses apart isn’t just the unique designs. It’s their commitment to creating immersive, physical spaces where children—and let’s be honest, adults too—can climb, crawl, and create entire worlds. Each tree house is custom-built, turning gardens into jungles, castles, pirate coves, or even a home office. It’s experiential design with purpose.
These tree houses represent a shift in how we think about play. Parents are increasingly seeking ways to get their kids moving, thinking creatively, and engaging with the outdoors. The Cheeky Monkey ethos answers that call, prioritising craftsmanship, safety, and creativity over massproduced plastic play equipment that fades in a few summers.
They also carry a deeper message: that childhood should be wild, curious, and delightfully unstructured. In every ladder, bridge, and rope swing lies an opportunity for confidence-building, risk-taking, and storytelling. In our hyperscheduled world, that kind of organic play is
nothing short of revolutionary.
Of course, a bespoke tree house is an investment, but it’s one that speaks to values: nature, imagination, and quality time unplugged. The joy of seeing a child run toward their very own tree house - arms wide, shoes off, ready to invent a new world - is something no digital experience can replicate.
In short, Cheeky Monkey Treehouses aren’t just structures; they’re statements. They remind us that the best parts of childhood don’t come with instructions.
Contact Cheeky Monkey Treehouses at info@cheekymonkeytreehouses.co.uk or call the team on 01403 732452 cheekymonkeytreehouses.com
“Childhood should be wild, curious, and delightfully unstructured”
TLondon Museum Docklands
Secrets of the Thames: Mudlarking London’s lost treasures
his major exhibition on mudlarking explores fascinating finds from the Thames foreshore, an internationally important archaeological site, and the role of mudlarks in uncovering thousands of years of human history. Historically a trade of the Victorian poor, in recent years mudlarking has grown to be a popular hobby for history lovers, with licensed mudlarks such as Nicola White, uncovering many significant new finds from the Thames.
On display are a wide variety of objects found in the Thames, ranging from the beautiful and elegant to the bizarre and macabre. A medieval gold ring uncovers a centuries-old love. Whilst the discovery of a typeface unearths a bitter feud between business partners. An intricate 16th century ivory sundial tells of miraculous discovery with its two halves unearthed by different mudlarks eight years apart.
Amongst other rare and incredible survivals on display include the nationally significant Iron Age Battersea Shield and a Viking era dagger personalised with the name of its owner. With over 350 mudlarked objects on show, other curiosities and everyday objects include clay pipes, 18th century false teeth, Medieval spectacles, 16th century wig curlers, and a Roman badge decorated with a phallus.
Secrets of the Thames includes many neverbefore-seen finds that have recently joined the
“On display are a wide variety of objects found in the Thames, ranging from the beautiful and elegant to the bizarre and macabre. A medieval gold ring uncovers a centuriesold love”
museum’s collection, revealing the often-surprising stories behind these objects that continue to inform our understanding of London.
A behind-the-scenes experience showcases how finds are recorded and researched at the museum, and insights from mudlarks themselves about how they investigate and curate their collections. An installation of The Moon by artist Luke Jerram will centre the importance of the moon and tides, which create the unique conditions for mudlarks to explore the river’s banks.
The River Thames has been a centre of human activity for over 10,000 years. Below its waters lay lost or discarded items, from the ordinary to extraordinary, that paint a picture of Britain’s past. A living time capsule that tells stories of the ways people have survived, made a living, or enjoyed their leisure time in the city.
To purchase tickets, visit londonmuseum.org. uk/whats-on/secrets-thames
DISCOVER THE CHARM OF AMERSHAM: A Perfect Day Trip from London
Nestled in the picturesque Chiltern Hills, Amersham is a delightful market town in Buckinghamshire, just 27 miles northwest of central London. This charming town, easily accessible by train, bus, or car, offers a perfect blend of historical allure and vibrant contemporary life, making it an ideal destination for a day trip from the bustling city.
Easy Accessibility from London
Getting to Amersham is straightforward and convenient. The town is a terminus of the Metropolitan Line on the London Underground, making it just a direct tube ride from the heart of the city. The journey from central London takes approximately 40 minutes. Alternatively, Chiltern Railways offers regular train services from London Marylebone to Amersham, ensuring a quick and comfortable trip for those preferring overground travel.
THE DETAILS
For more information on how to get to Amersham and plan your visit, check visitamersham.org.uk to ensure you make the most of your trip
A Vibrant Historical Town
Amersham is steeped in history and offers a variety of attractions that showcase its rich past. Wander through the old town’s streets to admire the wellpreserved medieval and Georgian buildings. Visit the Amersham Museum, housed in a 15th-century building, to learn about the local heritage and enjoy interactive exhibits.
Heritage Day: A Celebration Not to Be Missed
Mark your calendars for September 7th, when Amersham hosts its annual Heritage Day. This much-anticipated event brings the town to life with historical reenactments, guided tours, live music, and a bustling market featuring local crafts and delicacies. It’s a fantastic opportunity to immerse yourself in the community spirit and explore the town’s historical roots.
Events and Activities for Everyone
Beyond Heritage Day, Amersham offers a variety of events and activities throughout the year. Enjoy a leisurely stroll in the scenic Chiltern Hills, explore attractions like the Amersham Museum, or simply relax in one of the town’s cozy cafes and restaurants.
Plan Your Visit
Whether you’re a history enthusiast, nature lover, or simply looking for a charming escape from London, Amersham has something to offer. With its easy accessibility and rich tapestry of events and attractions, it’s no wonder this historical town is a favourite among visitors.
Join Us in Amersham
We invite you to experience the unique blend of history, culture, and community that makes Amersham special. Don’t miss out on the upcoming Heritage Day on September 7th – plan your visit today and discover all that this enchanting town has to offer.
Chiswick Nursing Centre
Offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence & respite care
Restore your strength and health after an illness or operation by letting us take good care of you with individually tailored nursing care and our in-house physio, excellent chef and expert hairdresser.
The Chiswick Nursing Centre’s physiotherapists work seamlessly with nursing staff to provide the highest levels of integrated care.
As a part of the rehabilitation programme, the Centre’s qualified physiotherapists work closely with nursing staff to help patients achieve their goals. Highly experienced in the treatment and management of numerous conditions, the Centre’s physio team are experts in the field of rehabilitation. We support convalescence after surgery and to aid cancer recovery, including care of those with a range of other complex needs. We have particular expertise in rehabilitation following hip replacements and knee replacements.
The physiotherapy sessions are tailored to help recover mobility and the physio team aims to provide early detection of any movement related problems. Through their treatment the Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence to promote an excellent quality of life through improved health and wellbeing.
One resident commented: “I spent a week in the rehabilitation/convalescent Balmoral Suite following a hip replacement operation. All the staff were reassuring (especially in the few days after I arrived), friendly, helpful and caring and nothing was too much trouble. The daily physio was gentle but challenging and beneficial. A really positive experience - I would recommend to anyone in a similar position.
“The Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence”
THE DETAILS
Please email enquiries@ chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk or call 07568 106258. chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk
Chiswick Nursing Centre offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence, respite & nursing care. We also offer holiday stays for carers who need a break – with maximum peace of mind –so they can take time for themselves. Respite care should be a proper break for you. Short term or long term, we can take care of your loved one so that you can rest, recuperate and re-energise, or simply catch up on your to do list.
With free parking on-site, the care home is a convenient location to be treated for a range of conditions including post-surgical rehabilitation and orthopaedic and musculosketal conditions. So, whether its physiotherapy, rehabilitation or convalescence, respite care, dementia care, longterm complex nursing care or general residential care, rest assured your loved one will be in safe hands at the Chiswick Nursing Centre.
Luxury Living at The Vale
Ahome is more than just bricks and mortar. At The Vale, their collection of 30 luxury apartments available to rent, have been designed, so you can enjoy your retirement in a welcoming and vibrant community, without the worry of maintaining a property. Their contemporary apartments are beautifully crafted to the highest standards. Lightfilled open-plan living spaces, luxury kitchens and beautiful bathrooms combine style and accessibility.
Expect Porcelanosa kitchens with integrated Bosch appliances, built-in storage, underfloor heating and walk-in showers. Senior living can bring a change in pace and priority. They believe that The Vale enables you to live life to the fullest, safe in the knowledge that personalised care is available if required.
Their aim has always been to combine convenience, security contemporary retirement living in south London and affordability with access to a comprehensive range of hospitality. Knowing that support is available means you can embrace life with peace of mind.
With the Fleming one-bedroom elegant apartment, you can have the best of both worlds with a restful, stylish, open plan living room
“Moving to The Vale was an excellent decision on my part; it’s the best of both worlds - independent living but with help on hand 24 hours a day should you need it”
complete with hi spec, fully fitted kitchen. Add to this a chic double master bedroom with its fitted wardrobe and contemporary bathroom, all for a monthly cost that needn’t break the bank.
At The Vale you can have as much company and social life as you wish. The Bar & Bistro is perfect for catching up with friends. For a cosy place to read the papers or play cards, the library and lounge offer a comfortable, beautifully decorated environment. And if pampering is what you’re after, the on-site hair salon offers treatments or if you want to learn a new craft, the hobbies room is the place to go.
Nestled in a peaceful location a short distance from Streatham, The Vale is more than just a new home - it’s a future filled with opportunities. Are you unsure about making the move to a retirement village?
Contact The Vale’s friendly team for a private appointment or to arrange a viewing. thevaleliving.co.uk Tel: 08081 696511
Why downsizing your home could mean upsizing your life
By Paul Morgan, CEO of Wallacea Living
Downsizing. The D word. So often avoided or reframed with words like “rightsizing” or “simplifying,” as if gentler language could make the idea any easier. But what I’ve learned, professionally and personally, is that downsizing isn’t about giving something up - it’s about creating space for more. More ease. More connection. More life per square inch.
For years I’ve watched people step nervously into this change, clutching memories and the comfort of the familiar. And yet, as Dr Audrey Ng, Consultant Psychiatrist at The Soke, so clearly puts it: “The perfect time never arrives. Those who thrive most are the ones who move while it’s still a choice, not a crisis. They turn the unfamiliar into the familiar.”
This isn’t just about bricks and mortar. It’s about quality of life. Meirion Shaw, Founder of The Homemover Specialist, describes it beautifully: “Life isn’t waiting for a better moment. Life is for living, and moving should be a fresh start, even fun. Drink it while it’s fizzy!”
That mindset is transformative. Rather than viewing downsizing as loss, it becomes an opportunity to reimagine life. Fewer rooms to clean, fewer things gathering dust, and more time for what truly matters. As Meirion reminds her clients: “Don’t shelve the good stuff. Use the good plates. Wear the special jumper. Celebrate the everyday.”
At Wallacea Living, we see, every day, how this shift brings relief and energy. Downsizing well isn’t about squeezing into less, it’s about expanding your
joy. And while the decision may feel daunting, Dr Ng’s advice is to move before circumstances force your hand: “Ask yourself - if you can manage the house at 70, will you want to at 75? Or 85?”
If you’ve ever thought “maybe, one day,” perhaps today is that day. Downsizing isn’t a step back - it’s a leap forward into a lighter, richer way of living.
For those seeking not just a home, but a way of living, Wallacea Living offers central London apartments with shared spaces like a lounge, cinema, pool and restaurant. It’s a place to live well, with ease, connection and a strong sense of community.
For more information visit wallacealiving.com.
“Life isn’t waiting for a better moment. Life is for living, and moving should be a fresh start, even fun. Drink it while it’s fizzy!”
UK HOUSE PRICES ARE SET TO GO UP BY 25% ACCORDING TO NEW RESEARCH
This substantial increase in property prices will come as a result of lower mortgage rates and greater stability in the housing market.
One of the UK’s leading property experts has identified hotspots in London which he is confident will exceed this figure. Nathan Khider revealed: “The housing market is showing signs of stabilising following the tricky period caused by the 2022 Budget. Although property prices are increasing nationally, the percentage increase is expected to be slightly lower in London.”
“However, there are certain hotspots where I anticipate the houses will become extremely valuable.”
“De Beauvoir has several luxury homes in very high demand. This hidden gem in Hackney is characterised by its tree-lined streets and striking Victorian architecture. Clapham is also a property hotspot, offering excellent transport links, that appeal to young professionals and families.”
“Houses fly off the market in Islington & Highbury, Crouch End and surrounding areas in North London and there remains pockets in the East where you can find great value for money, particularly in Walthamstow, Stratford, Bethnal Green and Hackney.”
Nathan Khider established his leading property consultancy, Nathan K Real Estate, 20 years ago. He offers a highly personalised service, helping clients to find their dream homes across North and East London. Nathan guides his clients through property search, viewings, negotiations, legal work and final purchases. His bespoke service has helped thousands secure their ideal home or office with minimal stress.
His resilience and dedication stems from his own years of adversity. Upon leaving school with no GCSEs, Nathan found himself in a job at an estate agency. Despite initial success and substantial contracts, his extravagant overspending resulted in financial hardship. He faced homelessness, unemployment and reliance on Jobseeker’s Allowance.
Yet, his determination allowed him to return to the estate agency sector once more and build a premium business from the ground up.
He has since built up a public profile, reinforced through his time on Season 3 of BBC The Traitors.
nathankhider.com
“The housing market is showing signs of stabilising following the tricky period caused by the 2022 Budget. Although property prices are increasing nationally, the percentage increase is expected to be slightly lower in London”
Lightfield development, Barnet
With 80% sold at our Lightfield development in Barnet, an exciting range of incentives available including deposit contributions*, £2,500 John Lewis ‘Gift of Experience’*, and the Bank of England interest rate reduction, now is the time to secure your new apartment. Situated in the heart of High Barnet with the Spires Shopping Centre on your doorstep and just a short walk to High Barnet underground station, these one- and two-bedroom apartments and penthouses are built to multi award-winning developer Shanly Homes’ exacting standards. Lightfield benefits from easy access to the M25 and A1, and excellent local schools. These energy efficient homes are ready-to-go with all appliances included, cost-effective underfloor heating, and a host of other features meaning you could save over £979/year in energy costs^.
“We’re delighted to offer this prestigious, gated development to our discerning customers who
have been impressed by the size and specification of the apartments. With over 80% now sold, demand has been high, and we’ve had an incredible amount of interest for the final phase.”
Nick Staton, owner Statons Estate Agents. shanlyhomes.com
*Terms and conditions apply. Selected plots only. Pricing correct at time of print. Ask our sales consultants for more information. ^HBF “Watt a Save” Report 2025.
For sale in Milford on Sea
Aspectacular, brand new, three storey, Art Deco design property, in a unique and secluded setting, moments from Milford on Sea village centre and village Green, boasting outstanding panoramic and elevated views across the village towards the Solent and Isle of Wight.
The property has an internal lift to all three floors, features two large terraces and an amazing ‘Sky Lounge’, offering plenty of space to entertain. A beautiful open plan kitchen and living area highlight the spacious feel that is throughout the property.
This superb new home has been designed to the latest specification including solar power with Tesla battery as well as air source heating. There is minimum maintenance, low running costs and offers generous and well-planned accommodation.
The charming village centre and Green of Milford on Sea is literally on the doorstep with an excellent array of award winning restaurants, bars, pubs, independent shops and boutiques. The beach is approximately half-a-mile away and was featured in the Sunday Times ‘Best UK beaches’.
Build complete is anticipated late Summer 2025 and the best way to appreciate this beautiful new home is to book a viewing with Collins and Butler on 01590 643033 or email sales@collinsandbutler. co.uk who will be happy to help. Price: £2,695,000.
Milford on Sea, situated on the south coast midway between Bournemouth and Southampton on the edge of The New Forest National Park with convenient mainline train links from both nearby New Milton and Brockenhurst to London Waterloo.
Additionally, there is a wealth of social and cultural clubs within the village and local
surrounding area. Offering sailing, paddle boarding, tennis, golf, pilates, art groups, u3A and an active community centre, to name just a few.
The quiet sailing hamlet of Keyhaven is easily accessible, a mere 1 mile away, whilst the pretty Georgian market town of Lymington is approximately 3 miles away, with its renowned sailing facilities and car/passenger ferry service to Yarmouth, Isle of Wight. collinsandbutler.co.uk
“This superb new home has been designed to the latest specification including solar power with Tesla battery as well as air source heating. There is minimum maintenance, low running costs and offers generous and well-planned accommodation”
We have introduced our own finishing line and specialise in staircase cladding inc. spindles and handrail to match the floors
Luxury Lodges for Sale in Whitby
Imagine owning your very own luxury retreat on the beautiful North Yorkshire coast. At our exclusive development in Whitby, you’ll find stunning lodges for sale that combine comfort, convenience, and coastal charm—perfect as a private getaway, a profitable rental property, or both.
These lodges are set in an idyllic location just minutes from the famous Whitby and Sandsend beaches. Whether you’re into long dog walks on the sand, paddling in the sea, or simply watching the waves roll in, the coast is right on your doorstep. And yes—dogs are more than welcome, both in our lodges and throughout the surrounding area, making this the ideal destination for animal lovers.
“These lodges are set in an idyllic location just minutes from Whitby”
Each lodge is finished to a high standard, with modern interiors, open-plan living spaces, and fullsize kitchens. Step out onto your private deck and take in the sea air, or unwind in your own private hot tub—perfect for relaxing after a day of seaside exploration. Every detail has been thoughtfully designed to give you that “home away from home” feeling, but with a touch of luxury.
Looking for an investment opportunity?
These lodges also offer excellent rental potential. With Whitby’s year-round appeal, from summer beach holidays to cosy autumn getaways, you can generate regular income while still enjoying your lodge whenever you like. Let us guide you through letting options so you can make the most of your investment, hassle-free.
Location is everything, and this is coastal living at its best. The development is within easy walking distance to the Whitby Park & Ride, giving you quick access to the town’s historic centre. Explore cobbled streets, the famous Abbey, traditional pubs, and fish and chips by the harbour.
Walking distance to the Park and ride, The stable’s restaurant and bar only a few minutes walk, Whether you’re searching for a weekend escape, a family-friendly holiday home, or a savvy investment property , our luxury lodges for sale in Whitby offer a unique chance to invest in lifestyle, location, and long-term value.
Contact us today to arrange a viewing or request a brochure.
Your dream lodge, moments from the beach, and ready for both rental and relaxation, is waiting.
staglodgeswhitby.co.uk
info@staglodgeswhitby.co.uk
VOTED
EQUESTRIAN GUIDE
A collection of
DEFENDER BURGHLEY HORSE TRIALS 2025
The equestrian event of the year! 4-7 September 2025
Undoubtedly the autumn highlight of both the British equestrian scene and the rural social calendar — Burghley Horse Trials is set to be the best renewal of the Lincolnshire CCI5* event yet.
The prestigious event is loved by the world’s elite equestrian athletes for its famously
challenging and exciting cross-country course –providing the ultimate test of horse and rider - the willingness of the organising team to go to any lengths to put on the best event possible, and its professional yet relaxed vibe.
Burghley Horse Trials takes place in the glorious setting of the Capability Browndesigned Burghley Park, just outside Stamford in Lincolnshire. Burghley House, built in the 16th century for Sir William Cecil, Lord High Treasurer
to Elizabeth I, provides the magnificent backdrop to this most cherished event.
HERE’S WHAT TO LOOK FORWARD TO:
World-class sport - CCI5* competition (the very highest in the sport of eventing) with dressage, cross-country and showjumping from the very best horses and riders from around the globe. Entries open on 28 July, and a top-class field – including very strong numbers from the USA, Australia and New Zealand, as well as countries such as Japan, are expected, alongside the British stars such as last year’s winner Ros Canter, Olympic gold medallists Tom McEwen, Laura Collett and Oliver Townend, and rising stars.
There’s also a packed programme of subsidiary classes, including the Dubarry Burghley Young Event Horse Finals, the Pony Club Team Jumping competition and showing classes for ponies and former racehorses.
Star-studded Main Arena Masterclasses from the king of British dressage, Carl Hester, German Olympian and top trainer Bettina Hoy, and future champions in the form of young horses and riders from The Howden Way Talent Academy. And on Thursday, 4 September, members of Britain’s senior eventing squad for the European Championships at Blenheim Palace are being invited to work their team horses in the unique atmosphere of Burghley’s Main Arena in front of the crowd.
The central focus of Defender Burghley is its famous cross-country course, which winds round the stunning terrain of the Capability Browndesigned Burghley Park. This time, for the first time in a number of years, the track will look significantly different because it is being reversed. This will allow cross-country course-designer Derek di Grazia to create a thrilling test with a distinctly different feel to it, with lots of new fences to test horses and riders and provide the crowd with an exciting spectacle.
Sensational shopping - Defender Burghley is famous for its shopping, with more than 500 carefully chosen exhibitors on-site, ranging from high-end British brands to independent designers
and artisan makers. The Horse Village is a must for any horse-lover. And the legendary Food Walk offers sumptuous food and drink to sample, eat or take home. Street food options are positioned across the site for delicious bites on the go. And there are a plethora of perfect picnic spots within the Burghley grounds to enjoy your purchases or for those packing up their own spread.
The Avebury Restaurant, an exceptional dining experience in the heart of the showground serving breakfasts and lunch every day of the event, was a smash hit on its debut last year, and returns to offer a touch of luxury to your day out.
Fun for all the family: discover the Family Zone at Defender Valley, packed with activities throughout the day for younger visitors to enjoy. These include miniature Defenders, hobby-horse riding, pottery painting, face-painting and more.
The Defender Experience offers visitors the chance to see for themselves the capabilities of the Defender vehicle when driven over dynamic display equipment on the South side of Burghley’s Lake.
New for 2025 are bookable Lakeside Pavilions, offering spectators amazing views of the crosscountry in a private environment with family and friends. The Main Arena grandstand seating and layout has been tweaked and improved, offering a better experience for visitors. There is also a new disabled parking area nearer to the main event hub.
THE DETAILS
For more information, including full timetables, and to buy tickets and hospitality packages, visit burghley-horse.co.uk
No longer inspired by her work as a computer-aided kitchen designer and having been diagnosed with depression, Jo was desperate to get away from the confines of four walls and back to her college roots in photography.
The photography landscape had changed somewhat since her college days of film photography, and although she was always passionate about darkroom editing, she had little option but to branch out into the world of digital cameras and computer editing.
For over a decade, Jo applied her photography skills to various genres, including sports, weddings, products, social, interiors, and commercial photography, giving her broad experience in her field.
Today, she focuses on children and horses. Jo has been surrounded by horses since she was born and first sat on a pony aged two. This gave her a head start in equine photography as she knew how horses move and react, what makes a good photo and what doesn’t. Also, knowing how to handle them and do so confidently.
Her children were her catalyst for child photography. She spent a lot of time photographing her firstborn and, over the years, applied what she learnt when photographing other children. Finding ways to engage them and create natural portraits in open environments rather than Stiff poses.
Her photography is a journey that constantly evolves through her experiences and experimentation. She finds inspiration in many
Capturing life’s treasured moments
places, from locations, buildings, textures and art to small details like the shape of a leaf or the way light falls. She also finds inspiration in the work of others. More recently, her equine projects have taken over.
Jo has been combining her background in Art with her love of historical buildings, layering both handmade and photographed elements and placing her equine subjects within them to create unique pieces of photographic art. She offers simple baby, child, family, and equine fine art or portrait shoots, to fully styled glamorous equine photo shoots, tailored to make your dreams with your horse a reality.
Last year, she gained her first photographic awards for both equine and baby photography.
THE DETAILS
You can contact Jo by visiting jforsterphotography.co.uk Email: jo@jforsterphotography.co.uk Tel: 07920 097185
“The horse, with beauty unsurpassed, strength immeasurable and grace unlike any other, still remains humble enough to carry a man upon his back.”
As an equine photographer with an artistic background, I enjoy creating Beautiful images of you and your beloved horse in a variety of ways. Whether you prefer a casual look or something more elegant, the choice is yours!
AWARDED PHOTOGRAPHY:
BRONZE WINNER (NATURE) - Tokyo International Photo Awards 2024 NOMINEE (WILDLIFE/ANIMALS) - Fine Art Photography Awards NOMINEE (PORTRAIT) - Fine Art Photography Awards
Nestled just behind the Dog & Fox in the heart of the Village, Wimbledon Village Stables is more than just a place to ride horses - it’s a vibrant and long-standing part of the local community, where people connect through a shared love of horses, nature, and giving back.
With roots in the Village stretching back generations, WVS is a warm and welcoming hub for horse lovers of all ages and abilities. While riding lessons are a major part of the stables’ activities, what sets WVS apart is its deep commitment to community and charity. Over the years, the stables and its members have raised over £1 million for local and equine charities through everything from carol concerts, quiz nights and gala balls to sponsored rides.
This September, one of the most popular events
returns — a sponsored fancy dress ride across Wimbledon Common. Expect costumes, laughter, and plenty of four-legged fun, all in support of a good cause.
But you don’t have to ride to enjoy the benefits of being around horses. WVS offers sessions on its state-of-the-art Equicise horse simulator, which is open to all levels - from complete beginners to advanced riders wanting to improve their technique or confidence in a safe, controlled environment.
There are also new initiatives like “Horse Harmony” — gentle, unmounted sessions where people can spend quiet time brushing, bonding, and being with the horses. It’s a chance to slow down, reset, and enjoy the therapeutic presence of these gentle animals.
Whether you’re a lifelong equestrian or simply curious about the wellbeing benefits of being around horses, there’s something at Wimbledon Village Staples for everyone.
THE DETAILS
To find out more or get involved, visit: wvstables.com wvstables.com. equicise.co.uk 0208 946 8579
24 a/b High Street, Wimbledon SW19 5DX
Agria Blenheim Palace International Horse Trials
From 18 - 21 September 2025
Get ready for an unforgettable experience this year at Blenheim Palace!
Excitement is building for the Agria FEI Eventing European Championship and annual Agria Blenheim Palace International Horse Trials this September. The event is shaping up to be an unmissable standout in the sporting calendar, as nations have begun to release longlists packed with championship talent, with one rider’s historic qualification set to inspire a generation.
Great Britain, reigning European and Olympic team champions, have announced a longlist of 18 exceptional combinations, including Paris 2024 medallists Ros Canter, Tom McEwen and Laura Collett, world champion Yasmin Ingham and current world number one Harry Meade.
Germany’s longlist is equally impressive, including multi-time European and Olympic gold medallist Michael Jung, alongside Olympic champion Julia Krajewski, former world champion Sandra Auffarth, Christoph Wahler and rising star Anna Siemer. With France chasing redemption after last year’s team bronze, the stage is set for one of the most fiercely contested Championships in recent history.
Adding to the historic atmosphere at Blenheim, Turkey will be represented for the very first time at a senior European Eventing Championship, with 25-year-old Kumru “Kuki” Say having qualified following her recent result at Baborówko Equestrian Festival CCI4*-L. Based in Germany, Kuki’s qualification marks a major milestone for Turkish equestrian sport and the ever-expanding
“The Palace is a World Heritage Site set in more than 2,000 acres”
EQUESTRIAN PHOTOGRAPHER AND ARTIST
“My challenge is always to express the perfect balance between the beauty and power of the horses and nature I portray.”
www.emilyhancock.co.uk | info@emilyhancock.co.uk
global reach of eventing.
This year’s Championship at Blenheim offers more than just elite sport, with the Horse Trials acting as a festival for eventing, heritage and entertainment. Alongside the main competition, spectators can enjoy the return of the GFS Saddles 8 & 9 Year Old Class, a proven launchpad for future stars, and the beloved evoke™ Eventer Challenge, offering grassroots riders from Pony Clubs and Riding Clubs the chance to shine on a major stage.
Families can make a weekend of it with camping and glamping options, enjoy children’s entertainment and have the chance to meet YouTube star and author ThisEsme, with eventer and influencer Meg Elphick also confirmed to attend.
Hospitality options are once again proving popular, you can choose one of the luxury picnic spots at the Lakeside Parking area - complete with Fortnum & Mason hampers. Pre-order your picnic and choose from the four Fortnum’s picnics – they will be ready for collection from the Fortnum’s Giant Hamper at The Horse Trials.
Or you can indulge in their Exclusive Lodges - experience like never before from your private hospitality pod, perfectly positioned overlooking the iconic Bladon Bridge and famous water crossing. These exclusive lodges provide a frontrow seat at one of the year’s most prestigious equestrian events, ideal for corporate gatherings or cherished moments with family and friends. With only eight lodges available, secure your place now to enjoy the action in exceptional style.
Whether you’re a fan of the sport or simply
ABOUT BLENHEIM PALACE
Blenheim Palace is the home of the 12th Duke and Duchess of Marlborough and the birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill. This National Treasure houses some of the finest antique collections in Europe and boasts over 300 years of history, just waiting to be discovered.
The Palace is a World Heritage Site set in more than 2,000 acres of ‘Capability’ Brown landscaped parkland. Visitors may tour the array of formal gardens or take the miniature train to the Walled Garden. The estate is not only an iconic part of history, but also a living experience with a wealth of events, themed tours and exhibitions throughout the year.
blenheimpalace.com
looking for an unforgettable weekend in the Oxfordshire countryside, Blenheim Palace will deliver something for everyone. With longlist announcements being made and final team selections due in September, the countdown has begun for one of the biggest events in the countryside and eventing calendar. For tickets, hospitality and the latest updates, visit bpiht.co.uk
ART GUIDE
– Stunning art from local, national and international artists –
ROYAL TOUR PAINTINGS FROM CHARLES’S PERSONAL COLLECTION GO ON DISPLAY
By Helen William
The adrenaline rush of being a overseas royal tour artist is a “privileged” challenge that is “like being a rabbit in headlights,” members of the elite group of painters have said.
Artists who have been commissioned by the King to capture scenes from the trips met the King and Queen at Buckingham Palace on Wednesday where a special exhibition of their work is going on display to the public.
The 74 works of art, from Charles’ personal collection, depict scenes from recent state visits
and other foreign trips dating back 40 years, made when he was the Prince of Wales.
Tom Hallifax, who has bases in both Bridport, west Dorset, and in Belfast, joined Charles in Hong Kong in 1994.
He described the role as “a lovely thing” with time challenges that made it “very challenging as an artist, fascinating as a person.”
The artist said he had “no idea” what he was letting himself in for, adding: “When you haven’t got any idea what you’re meant to be doing, and probably no idea how to do it, even if you were
“The 74 works of art, from Charles’ personal collection, depict scenes from recent state visits and other foreign trips dating back 40 years, made when he was the Prince of Wales”
told – it was quite confusing.
“But, you know, there’s some interesting results at the end. I stayed in Hong Kong to paint Chris Patten’s portrait as the last Governor of Hong Kong and so I then stayed there quite a while.
“What it feeds into is great, it is just the actual circumstance of the time are like a rabbit in the headlights.”
Charles began the tradition of personally commissioning and paying for a tour artist in 1985 when John Ward joined an official trip to Italy at Charles’s expense, with the brief to draw or paint whatever inspired him.
A watercolour painted by Charles during that 1985 trip is also on view.
Works by 43 artists who have accompanied
Charles on 70 tours visiting 95 countries are on display.
The artists gathered in the palace for a first look at The King’s Tour Artists exhibition before it goes on show as part of a visit to the summer opening of Buckingham Palace, running to September 28.
They described the role as a unique experience which allowed them to travel, observe and paint in a different way to which they normally do.
Recently, Mr Hallifax handed over a small oil on paper portrait of Charles which he managed to finish in 20 minutes during their trip that “was literally the only point where we had a time to sit down and have a brief chat”.
Claudette Johnson made created a soft pastel and gouache on paper portrait of woman after taking part in the first official royal visit to Rwanda in 2022.
It is “time-pressured” and a “whirlwind,” the artist of Walthamstow, east London, recalled.
She added the role was “a privilege” and you got to see things you would not normally see.
Artist Phillip Butah travelled with the King and Queen to Kenya last autumn more than 25 years after he became the youngest winner of the Prince of Wales’s Young Artists’ Award in 1998.
His most memorable painting assignment on tour was a visit with the royal couple to an elephant sanctuary in Nairobi National Park where he tried to recreate the weather, the noises and the elephants behaving like children, playing with each other.
Mr Butah, of Colchester, Essex, said: “It is such a whirlwind. It is so fast-paced. You are moving
CAN BEAUTIFUL ART ADD JOY AND HAPPINESS TO YOUR HOME?
YES, SAYS DENISE BOWSER
A CONTEMPORARY ARTIST based in Hertfordshire, who aspires to achieve just that with her artwork.
Using vibrant acrylic and oil colours, the artist – known for her impressionistic landscapes, seascapes and cityscapes – regards her creations as a means to promote a sense of wellbeing.
“When I use strong colours, my goal is to produce a piece which creates a happy and relaxed atmosphere for the viewer”, she says. For this reason, her art is also said to be therapeutic and sense awakening.
Denise is inspired by the beauty of planet Earth. She lives in Harpenden, Herts and regularly take part in exhibitions around the County and London. She makes sure her art is affordable.
Awarded “Best in Show” at The New Maynard Gallery in 2018, her work can be seen at various NHS hospitals in Hertfordshire and many private collections in the UK and abroad.
To get in touch with her, please go to: www.denisebowser-artist.co.uk or email her on d.bowser@ntlworld.com
so fast that you just have to kind of just be ready and be present in the moment. It is a great time but so chaotic.”
He added: “It is the pace, worrying that you are in the right place at the correct time, trying not to get left behind, also being aware that you are there to make work (of art) as well. So you’ve got all these things on you and you are just being hustled and because the security are everywhere with Their Majesties.”
Tim Scott Bolton, a three-time royal tour artist, managed to get separated from the royal party when he was on a tour to Egypt and Jordan in 2021.
He said: “We were in Cairo and I got parted from the Royal entourage that whizzes through the streets with all the police and royal outriders, and so I had to make my way across Cairo on my own. It took me about three and a half hours to get through the Pyramids of Giza.
“When I got there, they wouldn’t let me in because the royal party was there. The guard said, `no, no, no, keep away’.
“So I found a cafe with a tall roof and I thought, ‘well, I’ll paint a picture from this very crowded cafe’.
“When I was packing up, the only place I could put my painting was on the ground, and some man with a really dirty boot went and trod on the picture”
The Shropshire-born artist said he gave Charles a picture and the King also bought an image at commercial prices.
There is an accompanying book, The Art Of Royal Travel: Journeys with The King, featuring recollections from artists and more than 100 illustrations, telling behind-the-scenes stories of the trips.
Exhibition curator Kate Heard previously described the event as “a fascinating group of works (which) tells the story of 40 years of official travel and artistic patronage”.
She added: “The freedom given to each artist to capture a personal impression of the countries visited has led to the formation of a rich and varied collection.
“Encompassing landscapes, figure studies and still life subjects, these works are testament to His Majesty’s deep engagement with and encouragement of artists over the past four decades.”
BAY GALLERY HOME
BAY GALLERY HOME is sourcing Aboriginal for art fairs running through October in London.
Connecting with art centres and artists we have dealt with over the years, our new works are beautiful, fresh and exciting. And we more wonderful news to share.
Our gallery is honoured the illustrious music executive David Munns OBE asked for our assistance in selling Aboriginal artworks and artefacts from his extensive collection of indigenous pieces.
Another edition to our gallery is the hugely talented Fabian Miller. Known as Miller, his digital art practice is done using a toggle on his wheel chair connected to Procreate software. Given Miller is also non-verbal his art is a wonderful expression of his inner workings.
Join us at Tribal Art London where you can buy from the Munns collection in Battersea 29 September - 6 October 2025 and Miller’s launch at Affordable Art Fair Battersea 15 - 19 October 2025. Get in touch for your VIP tickets from alexandra@baygalleryhome.com
Left: Walter Jangala Brown, Tingari Cycle 183cm x 107cm
Jock Pautjimi (1962-) Carved Male Figure, 1986 Poa Desert Garden by Fabian Miller Digital Print 29cm x 42cm.
Jenny Wheatley RWS NEAC
Myths and Legends, September 2025
Jenny Wheatley is one the foremost colourists in this country. She is in the late Queen Mother and Queen’s art collection. These paintings are from her recent travels in Egypt and India and the U.K. Jenny writes:
“This year’s collection of paintings is a reflection of my thoughts on a year well travelled and much enjoyed. As I progress along my painting journey I have become more and more interested in trying to capture the taste and smell of the places I have visited, showing a summation of those places and my reaction to them through a distillation of image, texture and colour. I need to dig deep to create images that evoke these memories, sounds and sights on the painting surface, but it is very absorbing and rewarding immersing myself in the places I have visited and the situations I have observed along the way. I hope you enjoy the collection and that the work takes you to both new and familiar places, and that the paintings conjure for you the senses of sound, smell, taste and a feeling of belonging to place and time. The painting is only the start. The journey is the ongoing pleasure.”
russell-gallery.com
Autumnal games table 24” x 24” acrylic on canvas
Watching the flock 24” x 24” acrylic on canvas
Papyrus along the banks of the Nile watercolour & collage 17” x 22”
Preparing for the carnival 40” x 40” acrylic on canvas
GIUSEPPE PENONE: THOUGHTS IN THE ROOTS
Serpentine presents the most comprehensive institutional exhibition of Giuseppe Penone’s practice, featuring sculptures and works from 1969 to today. The exhibition will extend beyond the gallery into the Royal Parks.
At Serpentine South. Until 7 September 2025
Serpentine is delighted to present Thoughts in the Roots, the most comprehensive institutional exhibition of Giuseppe Penone presented in the UK. On view from 3 April to 7 September 2025, the exhibition will be staged at Serpentine South and extend beyond the gallery to feature sculptures in the Royal Parks.
Thoughts in the Roots showcases the artist’s continued interest in the relationship between humans and the natural world, featuring works that range from 1969 to today.
Jane’s abstract paintings are inspired by travel. Pulling together memories of places through mark making and the outlines of the landscape. She is influenced by her surroundings on her travels in particular India and Morocco. Loving the energy and the hustle and bustle.
Colour is integral to her work. Prior to becoming an artist she worked in the fashion industry surrounded by beautiful fabrics and textures. This, she believes, has been a big influence on her practice. She uses a cocktail of bright and vibrant colours with dashes of fluorescent pinks, oranges and yellows. Jane lets the colours and layers mix themselves on the canvas. For her, the act of painting is a continuous process, always changing, always taking away to create something new.
janewachman.com
born in Italy in the 1960s, that celebrates the simplicity of natural materials and artistic techniques, Giuseppe Penone experiments with a wide range of materials including wood, iron, wax, bronze, terracotta, marble and plaster, bringing their individual physical qualities to the fore.
Since its launch in the 1970s, Serpentine has maintained a long-standing commitment to bringing art out of the traditional gallery context and into the surrounding landscape, offering an opportunity for artists to engage with the immediate environment of Kensington Gardens.
Giuseppe Penone says: “To breathe the perfume of the leaves that cover the walls of the environment, to inhale the fragrance of the
resin extracted from the trees and poured into an empty tree trunk, these are actions that allow us to perceive the space of Serpentine as a continuum with the nature of the park that surrounds it.”
“All of my work is a trial to express my adherence and belonging to nature, and it is with this thought that I have chosen the works for the exhibition. The two paths that I have created, inside the gallery and outside of it, in the park, become two integrated gardens.”
Bettina Korek, CEO, Serpentine, and Hans Ulrich Obrist, Artistic Director, Serpentine, say: “We are honoured to present Giuseppe Penone’s exhibition at Serpentine South. Thoughts in the Roots will celebrate his impressive five-decade practice and uncover the visual, tactile, and olfactory dimensions of the materials he explores. Revealing the fragile and poetic relationships between humans and nature, the exhibition will exemplify Penone’s experimental research and feature new works presented in the UK for the first time and extends into The Royal Parks. ... It is with this thought that this leading figure of the Arte Povera movement has accepted our invitation to bring the Park into the gallery and vice versa.”
The exhibition will embody the key principles of Penone’s work, namely the synergies between artistic and natural process, and the poetic relationship between humans and nature. serpentinegalleries.org
New Festival of Arts & Culture:. From 18- 21 September 2025
This September, the streets of Chelsea will come to life in celebration of its cultural heritage and London’s vibrant arts scene, giving festival goers the chance to see stars from page, stage and screen across an extensive programme of ticketed events. There will also be an array of spectacular free outdoor performances in Sloane Square and up and down the Kings Road, as well as Chelsea’s
abundance of vibrant bars, charming cafes, and restaurants!
To kick off the Chelsea Arts Festival in style, there will be a special in conversation event with beloved actor, writer, and director Rupert Everett, with broadcaster, journalist and podcaster Hannah MacInnes. They will discuss his esteemed career spanning decades of acclaimed performances in film, television and theatre, as well as his distinguished work as an author and his latest literary offering, The American No. A brilliantly witty, funny and tender collection of stories that draws on the wealth of film and TV ideas Rupert Everett has created over the course of his career, The American No will delight and surprise his many fans.
Also appearing are two of the art world’s most engaging and lively voices, David Shrigley and Kate Bryan, who will be taking to the Cadogan Hall stage to share their insights and anecdotes, as well as celebrating the launch of their new book How to Art, the new, essential guide to understanding art.
To celebrate 30 years of the Women’s Prize for Fiction some of the UK’s most compelling performers, including Sheila Atim MBE, Dame Sheila Hancock, Sir Lenny Henry, Kate Mosse CBE and June Sarpong OBE, take to the stage at Cadogan Hall to read extraordinary writing by women for a special literary salon entitled Women’s Words: From Page to Stage, raising funds for the gender equity charity.
Rupert Everett - Credit Colman Getty
Sheila Hancock - Credit Neil Spence
Zandra Rhodes - Credit Ray Okudzeto
Ekow Eshun Credit Zeinab Batchelor
June Sarpong Credit Ray Moody
Ian McEwan
“The most inspired and inspiring curator in Britain’ - according to Vogue - will be interviewed by Katy Wickremesinghe, founder of The Wick”
Over at Saatchi Gallery, Ekow Eshun, ’The most inspired and inspiring curator in Britain’according to Vogue - will be interviewed by Katy Wickremesinghe, founder of The Wick. The curator of blockbuster exhibitions In the Black Fantastic and The Time is Always Now will be talking about his varied career and his new art anthology Black Earth Rising.
Artist and ‘Living Sculpture’ Daniel Lismore will be joining Dame Zandra Rhodes at Saatchi for a conversation about fashion and selfexpression. These two visionary creatives will explore fashion’s transformative power and its role in shaping identity, challenging conventions, and liberating creative expression. Their conversation will be hosted by journalist, DJ & presenter Kate Hutchinson, who is behind The Last Bohemians podcast.
The internet’s resident librarian, Jack Edwards will be at Saatchi Gallery with his Inklings Book Club live event. Chelsea’s literary legend William Boyd will be live in conversation speaking all about
THE DETAILS
Festival tickets are available at chelseaartsfestival.com and are accessibly priced from £12.50, enabling festival goers to enjoy multiple sessions across the weekend.
For general enquiries or information on partnership opportunities please contact: info@chelseaartsfestival.co.uk
his new book The Predicament, as well as Ian McEwan, who will be meeting George Monbiot to discuss his forthcoming novel, What We Can Know, hosted by How To Academy.
There will be an exclusive Blue Plaques Talk Back Live event will feature a new collection of Blue Plaque stories read by actors and joined by experts to discuss the lives of Chelsea’s most exciting historical and cultural figures. Bob Marley, Oscar Wilde and George Eliot are among the names being celebrated.
An outdoor specialist Art Market will be in residence on Duke of York Square on Sunday, while on Saturday the much-loved food market on Saatchi Green will boast an array of delicious fare. With Chelsea’s abundance of vibrant bars, charming cafes and restaurants, festival-goers will have the opportunity to enjoy everything that the area has to offer.
Cadogan Hall
David Lismore
Saatchi Gallery
NATALIE BOWDEN ART
Natalie Bowden is an artist based in the picturesque Cotswolds, specialising in vibrant animal watercolours. She loves to capture the full personality of her subjects, using the fluidity of watercolour to create movement and spontaneity in her work. She also often incorporates other media to add interest and texture.
“Watercolour is unpredictable in its nature, which makes it both challenging and exciting to work with. I don’t shy away from using an array of bold colours (no black is used in a black dog – I don’t even own a tube of black paint!) and I embrace the magic that those colours can produce when placed together on paper. I believe it is the combination of these tonal nuances and the unique expression conveyed of my subject that brings the painting to life and resonates so strongly with their owner”.
Natalie draws inspiration from her deep connection to nature and her love of animals, which is evident in the character and playful spirit she evokes in her paintings. She has a lively black working cocker spaniel called Ninja, who loves to accompany her for walks in the countryside. This cheeky chappy is depicted in her painting ‘Black Dog, Pink Tongue’ as seen here.
Natalie regularly exhibits her work in galleries across the Cotswolds and accepts a variety of commissions, predominantly portraits of pets and other animals.
You can find examples of Natalie’s work on her website, nataliebowden.com or follow her on Instagram: @nataliebowdenart.
Annie Mitra is a contemporary and figurative artist who works mainly in acrylic.
Her paintings take a close look at nature and everyday objects around us and although often quiet in their presence, they emerge as powerful and engaging images to the viewer.
Annie grew up in Highgate, North London and now lives South of the river in Barnes.
She studied in both Paris and New York and is the author & illustrator of several children’s books.
Annie has exhibited on both sides of the Atlantic and now more extensively in England.
Her work has found homes all over the world.
ANNIE MITRA
More of her work can be seen on her website: www.anniemitra.art
Tucked away in Modbury, a small vibrant and historical town in south Devon, The Brownston Gallery is one of the South West’s leading contemporary fine art galleries. Known for its curated mix of established and emerging talent, the gallery represents a diverse range of artistsspanning abstract to figurative, surreal to maritime, psychedelic to portraiture.
Collectors will find museum-quality paintings by celebrated names such as Anthony Amos, Robert Lenkiewicz, Derek Holland and Fred Yates, alongside contemporary artists like abstract expressionist Jerry Browning, Scottish colourist Charles Jamieson, Spanish surrealist Fernando Asian and psychedelic pioneer John Hurford.
A close partner of the South West Academy, The Brownston Gallery proudly hosts the Academy’s annual Spring Exhibition, featuring work by acclaimed Academicians such as Alan Cotton, Ken Cosgrove, Jo Dixon, John Grice, Teresa Pemberton and Karen Popham. The gallery also mentors emerging talent through its collaboration with Arts University Plymouth supporting the next generation of artists with guidance and providing opportunities to exhibit their work.
With a client base that includes private collectors, corporate clients, architects and interior designers, the gallery specialises in sourcing impactful art for both traditional and contemporary spaces in coastal and country locations.
The gallery ethos is simple: art should be
“Collectors will find museum-quality paintings by celebrated names”
informative, adventurous and joyful. Whether you’re an experienced collector, a first-time buyer, or searching for the perfect gift, there’s something for everyone - from paintings and sculpture to ceramics, jewellery and limited-edition prints.
Currently, The Brownston Gallery is hosting its vibrant annual Summer Exhibition, featuring atmospheric seascapes, beautiful florals and nostalgic beach scenes by artists Kate Barker, Lenny Cornworth, Tracy Hamer, Michael Hill, Ben Lucas, Andrew Miller and Jo Vollers.
Looking ahead, Sacred Earth opens on the 12th September, an evocative new show featuring work by John Hurford, Emma Lamb, Marcelle MiloGrey, Tina Tian and Ken Wai Lei. The exhibition will be supporting two environmental charities: Till The Coast Is Clear and Surfers Against Sewage. For more information visit: brownstonart.com
Top left: Charles Jamieson, Southwold Pier
Top right: John Grice, Still Life on a Chair
Above, right: Jerry Browning, Harmony in Red Above: Karen Popham, Sardines and Copper
Art by Katrina Shearlaw
Following a wave of interest over the past year, July marked a thrilling milestone for Katrina Shearlaw with her most successful event to date –exhibiting at the prestigious Hampton Court Palace. Set within the historic palace grounds, Katrina’s sculptural glasswork drew in crowds with its luminous colour, energy, and unmistakable originality. Several vases and statement pieces sold during the exhibition, and the reaction from visitors was consistent: awe, curiosity, and that familiar phrase – “I’ve never seen anything like this before.”
This powerful response has sparked a surge in demand – not only for Katrina’s one-of-a-kind commissions, but also for her increasingly popular glass art workshops. From her Buckinghamshire studio, she teaches others how to work intuitively with glass, helping them find their own rhythm and creative voice in this captivating medium.
The momentum shows no sign of slowing. Katrina’s upcoming schedule includes three more exciting shows that offer unique opportunities to experience her newest work up close. She’ll be exhibiting at RHS Hyde Hall over the August Bank Holiday, followed by a solo exhibition at the Artists Gallery in Ludlow throughout September and October, and finally, she’ll showcase her winter collection at the Country Living & Good Housekeeping Christmas Fair at Islington’s Business Design Centre this November.
Katrina’s pieces don’t just sit quietly in a room – they radiate personality, warmth, and wonder. Whether you’re discovering her work for the first time or following her growing journey, these upcoming exhibitions promise something unforgettable.
Collectors, creatives, and art lovers alike are invited to come and experience the story behind the glass. Because if Hampton Court was the spark, what comes next is set to shine even brighter.
katrinashearlaw.com
Simon Bruntnell Photography
DISCOVER THE TIMELESS ART OF DORA PAL
Dora Pal is a contemporary artist who brings a unique perspective to the fusion of classical elegance and modern creativity. Her art blends vibrant colors, refined compositions, and timeless design elements. Each piece reflects a sense of individuality, subtly infused with the sophistication and harmony of French style.
Dora’s paintings are not only visually striking but also deeply emotional – each work feels like a fragment of eternity brought to life. Explore her exclusive collection in the webshop, where you’ll find timeless pieces that highlight your personal style and bring a touch of elegance into your everyday surroundings.
Join this artistic journey and bring a piece of Dora Pal’s contemporary vision into your home – where uniqueness, French charm, and enduring beauty come together in perfect harmony.
Website: www.bydorapal.com Instagram: @bydorapal
Seeing Beneath the Surface
Theartof IngaStreet
The paintings of Inga Street are windows to a vibrant alternative reality or a hyper real interpretation of our world. Trees, branches and water, familiar natural forms, become portals to something deeper: a way of seeing the world as layered, fluid, and quietly transformative.
Inga grew up surrounded by art, with both her mother and grandmother being painters but it is her long-standing spiritual practice of Zen Buddhism and daily meditation since the age of twelve, that shapes her visual language.
“There is something alchemical in the way I approach the canvas,” she says. “I’m trying to peel back the layers of perceived reality, to find something more solid, more fluid, something underneath that flows through everything.”
A graduate of Central Saint Martins, Inga experimented with sculpture, print, and installation before returning to painting, drawn by its immediacy and its ability to hold ambiguity and emotion in a single plane.
She describes the pond surface, for instance, as a kind of mirror or membrane, reflecting the sky, hinting at the depth and carrying traces of the world above. Her work captures these layered realities in ways that feel simultaneously grounded and otherworldly.
“I’m looking in the mirror, like Alice. Reflections, shadows, tangled branches… I want to see what lies behind.”
Whether glimpsed through entwined trees or caught in the shimmer of water, Inga’s paintings do not dictate meaning, they suggest, they hold space, they ask us to pause, to feel and perhaps, to see differently.
Inga’s artwork can seen be at her solo exhibition ‘The Stream Within’ - 6 September to 10 October Red House Museum and Gardens, Christchurch, Dorset BH23 1BU or via her website or social media ingastreet.com @ingastreet ingastreetart saatchiart.com/ingastreet 07047091283 | ingastreet@gmail.com
CLARE HAWKES FINE ART
Contemporary Expressionist Painting inspired by colour, gesture and cultural references
An open working studio in the idyllic Dorset countryside, adjacent to the Medieval Tithe Barn, this is a hidden gem for art lovers and collectors.
– Heading out of London to explore the rest of the world –
Antigua 2025: Where Luxury and New Beginnings Meet
Antigua continues to enchant with 365 beaches, lush landscapes, and elegant five-star resorts. In 2025, it’s the perfect time to explore newly launched properties and those making waves.
1. Hodges Bay Resort & Spa – HQ Luxury by sbe
Just opened earlier this year under the HQ Luxury brand (part of Wyndham’s Registry Collection), Hodges Bay is the first Caribbean property for Sam Nazarian’s sbe and Marc Anthony -backed initiative. With 79 rooms across eight tropical acres, it’s a vibrant mix of beachfront spa sanctuary and social hotspot. Expect signature outlets like Katsuya Beach, Hecho Libre, and XIV Beach Club—each offering elevated dining, wellness, and nightlife.
This northeast–coast gem is already garnering praise for its Michelin-level cuisine (Chef Marco Festini), private-villa plunge pools, and serene spa setting . It’s ideal for couples seeking luxury with a wellness twist—think caviar facials, rotunda spa— and a personal guest ambassador.
Launched in April 2024, this adults-only escape on Deep Bay offers Antigua’s first overwater bungalows, complete with infinity plunge pools,
glass floors, and private butlers . Sunrise yoga, a full spa, and refined entertainment make it a top pick for those craving Maldives-style luxury close to home.
4. Hermitage Bay – Renovated Private-Cottage Retreat
Following a major renovation last November, Hermitage Bay has unveiled 30 upgraded villas (hillside, beachfront, pool suites) and a chic new beach club. It’s a boutique favorite, blending Caribbean authenticity with enhanced amenities .
5. Galley Bay Resort & Spa – Virtuoso-Caliber Recently accepted into Virtuoso’s exclusive portfolio, Galley Bay raises its profile among luxury travel advisors. This adults-only beachfront all-inclusive is lauded for its intimate vibe, Michelin calibre chef, spa, and bespoke guest experiences .
Book now for December–April peak season, particularly at boutique resorts with limited villas. Blend romance and wellness: Sunrise yoga, private dinners, and spa sessions elevate the experience.
WHAT’S HOT & BOOKING FAST?
• Overwater villas continue to shine—especially at Royalton CHIC Antigua—for their seclusion and villa-style wellness.
• Lifestyle resorts like Hodges Bay are rising stars, offering chefdriven menus and buzzing beach clubs.
• Wellness escapes are trending. Think personalized spa rituals at Hammock Cove and yoga retreats at Hermitage Bay.
• Food-centric travel is in demand: sbe’s Katsuya Beach and Hecho Libre, plus Michelininspired dinners at Galley Bay and Hermitage Bay.
LOUIS VUITTON EMBARKS ON CHINESE LANDSCAPES FOR ITS NEW TRAVEL CAMPAIGN
Louis Vuitton is pleased to unveil its new Travel Campaign, a poetic reflection on journeys set against the beautiful views of Chinese landscapes. Here, the world is seen through the eyes of a soaring bird or the silent observations of a trusted travel bag. More than a journey, this campaign captures that contemplative essence while travel becomes a transformative odyssey, and an invitation to uncover hidden beauty.
This year’s campaign highlights China as a cultural bridge through the lenses of American photographer Alec Soth. Renowned for his signature fusion of documentary realism and poetic artistry, evidenced in his extensive bibliography of over thirty books—including “Sleeping by the Mississippi” (2004), “A Pound of Pictures” (2022), and “Advice for Young Artists” (2024)—Soth has been honored with a Guggenheim Fellowship and other prestigious distinctions. The campaign’s images and video invite viewers to discover the country’s lesserknown gems and move beyond the familiar narratives often presented in Western portrayals.
“The journey begins along the legendary Lijiang River in Guilin, where the campaign embarks on an immersive exploration of the serene Southern region. Viewers will discover a panorama of lakes mirrored against a breathtaking mountain landscape”
The journey begins along the legendary Lijiang River in Guilin, where the campaign embarks on an immersive exploration of the serene Southern region. Viewers will discover a panorama of lakes mirrored against a breathtaking mountain landscape. Through meticulous design and unparalleled craftsmanship, Louis Vuitton luggage elevates the travel experience as showcased by the Monogram Horizon luggage and Soft Keepall elegantly poised on the flat pirogue. In the same spirit, they encourage exploration of new horizons with both style and purpose through the Alzer luggage, Coffret Joaillerie, and Coffret Tresor perched on bicycles crossing the Lijing River. Two more destinations, Zhangjiajie and Datong, will be unveiled in the coming months as part of the travel Campaign featuring Chinese landscapes. louisvuitton.com
CAPE TOWN REWARDS IN SO MANY WAYS
The sight ahead of me is daunting. Trickier to tackle than Table Mountain – and equally as iconic – it’s beyond anything I can handle alone.
But the mammoth submarine sandwich sitting on my plate is easy work for hungry Capetonians.
Borrowing its name from F. Scott Fitzgerald’s classic novel, The Gatsby was invented in the mid-1970s when a fish and chip shop owner in the Cape Flats (an area where many townships developed) created a sandwich of leftovers to feed his workers.
Beyond being a budget feast (often feeding multiple mouths), the sandwich has a cultural significance. It represents the resourcefulness and community spirit of Cape Town’s working-class neighbourhoods during apartheid.
Stuffed with chips, meat, gherkins and a rainbow array of unhealthy sauces, it’s a monster of a meal. Costing half the price of a fancy coffee in
London, it’s also incredibly cheap.
At the time of my visit, the exchange rate sits at approximately 24 South African rand to the pound, but rates have been consistently good for some time. So even though the price of a 10-hour flight might cost around £800, your pounds will stretch much further after touchdown.
While you’d struggle to find a decent hotel room in London or Manchester for under £150 per night, boutique guesthouses in Cape Town’s trendy neighbourhoods can cost as little as £35-50 per night – some even with mountain views.
A three-course meal at one of Cape Town’s award-winning restaurants will set you back around R300-500, or roughly £12-20 and a bottle of decent local wine can cost less than £10.
Transportation is budget-friendly too. Uber rides across the city centre rarely exceed R50-80 (£2-3), making it cheaper than a single zone bus fare in London.
Continuing my urban food and drink safari, I find myself in one of the city’s most saintly coffee shops, where a caffeine fix is near nirvanic. Far cheaper than a Starbucks, Heaven Coffee has become an invaluable part of the community for many more reasons.
Tucked inside a Methodist Church on Greenmarket Square in the CBD, the enterprise was set up by entrepreneur Mondli Mahamba who first turned up as a homeless person seeking help.
“I asked the minister if I could rent a space,” he explains, as a coffee machine whirrs and splutters. “It was a way for me to do something. I enjoy hosting people. I wanted to create an open space for everyone – from high-flying lawyers to homeless people and tourists from Europe.”
Along with serving locally roasted coffee and providing a peaceful and accessible haven in a busy city, Mondli trains and upskills those who’ve been down on their luck. But he stresses Heaven isn’t a charity.
“Coffee builds community and brings people together,” he says.
Celebrating grassroots traditions is at the core of the Seven Colours Eatery in the Victoria & Albert Waterfront development. Chef and founder Nolu Dube-Cele nostalgically recalls dishes made by her grandmother in Eastern Cape village Tsengiwe and highlights the diversity of South Africa’s culinary heritage through her creative menu.
“Seven colours is the nickname for a dish often served at family gatherings,” explains Nolu. “My grandma would serve it on Sundays – using everything and anything she had. Some of the ingredients don’t even get along on the plate, but when you eat it you feel loved.”
Costing less than £10 for a main meal big enough for two, Nolu’s dishes create a warm, glowing feeling all round.
“I want to celebrate the country I love so much,” she enthuses, serving umngqusho – also known as samp (dried corn) and beans, a staple dish cherished by Nelson Mandela. I eat it with chakalaka (a spicy vegetable relish) and drink wine made by the HER group of all-black, all-female
More than being affordable, Cape Town offers luxury experiences at high-street prices, five-star adventures on a three-star budget, and memories that are absolutely priceless.
Virgin Atlantic fly direct from London to Cape Town. Visit virginatlantic.com.
“A
three-course meal at one of Cape Town’s award-winning restaurants will set you back around R300-500”
winemakers.
Marshall
A multi-million dollar renovation of the Tierra Atacama hotel has transformed one of the driest places on earth into a high-end destination. By Sarah
A LUXURY OASIS IN CHILE’S ATACAMA DESERT
Rising in a perfect pyramid between the borders of Chile and Bolivia, the Licancabur volcano is a marvel to behold from every angle. Ancient civilisations would make pilgrimages to its crater to perform rituals and communicate with their ancestors. But even from afar, its magical pull is hard to resist.
The Andean giant is a focal point for guests staying at Tierra Atacama, recently revamped following a $20 million refurbishment.
Located in San Pedro de Atacama, the gateway to otherworldly landscapes and geological wonders in northern Chile’s highland desert region, the luxury hotel mixes exhilarating adventures with comfort and relaxation.
Here’s why the new look property is one of the smartest and most refreshing places to stay in one of the driest places on earth.
The look and feel
Decked in wood and warm colours, rooms have the feel of a cosy cabin. Working with the property’s original footprint, built on a former cattle corral, designer Carolina Delpiano has created the perfect sanctuary for relaxation after a day of adventure. All rooms feature thoughtful touches ranging from aesthetic to practical –including artwork inspired by the cosmos and
handy humidifiers to combat the Atacama’s dry air.
Promising to be the most luxurious accommodation in the region, Tierra’s four new suites are works of beauty. An ethanol-powered fireplace suspended from the ceiling begs to be lit even on warm nights, creating a soothing and welcoming space.
An outdoor patio with plunge pool also features a pop-up fireplace, with views facing Licancabur volcano. A pergola can be closed for shade during the day or opened to reveal stars at night.
In the main dining area, black wooden ceilings replicate a dark sky, and a floor paved with Travertine marble – all sourced from a local quarry – was inspired by the region’s famous gleaming white salt flats.
Fabulous food
Although overshadowed by its neighbours, Chilean cuisine is having a moment and Tierra’s chefs do a fantastic job of showcasing the bright, zingy and refreshing flavours which characterise dishes.
Endemic to the Andean altiplano, aromatic shrub rica rica makes an appearance in ice cream and cocktails along with the sweet caramel-like fruit from chanar trees.
Every few days, a barbecue is prepared outdoors and served on a long table crafted with wood reclaimed from a sunken boat found in Chile’s Pucon region. A large stone oven is used to prepare pizzas which would easily get the thumbs up from an Italian.
Although wines and spirits form part of the menu, a good selection of mocktails makes it much easier to reduce alcohol intake and boost hydration – recommended for avoiding headaches and sickness at Atacama’s giddy high altitudes.
Spa and wellness
Dry air and hot temperatures can wreak havoc on the body, but endless space and big horizons make desert regions the perfect place to unwind.
Meaning ‘water’ in the local Aymara language, the onsite Uma spa is an oasis of pools, hot tubs and hydrotherapy stations – including the only indoor heated pool in the region – all fed by the property’s onsite well. To combat water wastage, all grey water is recycled and used in the gardens.
Alongside a menu of treatments, the spa also offers a selection of rituals and journeys. A steam room session, facial and massage are combined with cryotherapy – a new addition to the spa. The culmination of a relaxing two-hour session topped with a touch of meditation and breathwork, immersion in an ice bath on an outdoor terrace is the ideal solution for easing tired and swollen limbs while also attacking cellulite.
The hotel’s head gardener doubles as a yoga teacher offering daily classes. Promising a calming of the mind and connection with the surroundings, two-hour nature bathing sessions are also held onsite.
Star-studded attractions
At night, skies above San Pedro explode with a glittering array of constellations. Most hotels offer trips to external observatories, but Tierra has gone one step further by setting up a scope in their spacious light pollution-free backyard.
Wrapped in blankets, guests can sit in an amphitheatre with a glass of Carmenere while listening to experts share scientific facts about space along with entertaining stories. Best of all, it won’t take you lightyears to get to bed.
Outdoor adventure
Opportunities for adventure are endless in Atacama, but navigating local regulations, avoiding crowds and managing acclimatisation to high altitudes does require careful consideration.
All guests have the chance to plan a personal itinerary with Tierra’s guiding team and join group tours. Anyone staying in the suites or apartments has access to a personal guide and driver, allowing greater flexibility for timings and more opportunities for spontaneous detours.
Highlight activities include treks through the cacti-strewn Guatin Gatchi Valley, sunset at the Cejar Lagoon and an early morning expedition to see the steaming Tatio Geysers.
HOW TO PLAN YOUR TRIP
Rooms start from £1,385 per night for two people, including transfers, accommodation, all meals, open bar, daily excursions, use of Uma spa facilities. Book through tierrahotels. com or with IATA accredited specialist tour operators.
Sensational Svalbard
Is there more to the Arctic than searching for polar bears? By Sarah Marshall
New regulations present challenges to wildlife viewing in Svalbard, but they haven’t sent tourism into a deep freeze, says Sarah Marshall.
Resting on a solitary slab of ice floating in the Arctic Ocean, a majestic creature sparkles in the polar summer sunshine. Camouflaged by a crisp covering of snow, the animal I’m observing melts into an environment rapidly disappearing in temperatures uncomfortably warm this far north.
Weighing around 500g, it’s about 600 times smaller than Svalbard’s most famous resident. But – contrary to widespread belief – the polar bear is not the only king of the Arctic. Far fewer in number and rarer in number, the brilliant-white ivory gull could easily claim that crown.
The bird, which lives at high latitudes for its entire lifespan – even in 24 hours of darkness, is one of the species I’ve been searching for on a
circumnavigation of Svalbard with leading polar expedition cruise experts Quark.
Admittedly, these angelic white birds are rarely far from the hulking fluffy white bears that have historically brought people to these regions – from hunters and trappers, through to tourists and photographers. Scavenging for scraps, they keep a close eye on the apex predators’ moves.
When I first visited Norwegian-governed Svalbard more than a decade ago, it was a very different place; there were less (and smaller) cruise ships navigating waters, and more ice.
New regulations have been introduced to cope with the growing pressures of over-tourism and climate change, taking effect from January this year. The biggest change is the introduction of
“Weighing around 500g, it’s about 600 times smaller than Svalbard’s most famous resident. But – contrary to widespread belief – the polar bear is not the only king of the Arctic”
minimum distances for viewing bears – 500metres (from March 1 to June 30) and 300metres (from July 1 to February 28).
Inevitably, there are grumblings and concerns about rules that reduce most bear encounters to viewings of a blob no bigger than a Rice Krispie through a supersized scope. But companies like Quark are determined to work within the new parameters and still deliver an excellent experience, proving there is so much more to Svalbard than painstakingly hunting for bears.
During mid-summer, when the sun never sinks, it’s possible to move around the entire Arctic archipelago reached by a one-hour and 40-minute flight from Tromso into former coal mining settlement turned tourist hub, Longyearbyen –(or, in my case, a three-hour charter flight from Helsinki).
Our first excursion had been a hike across the tundra at Camp Zoe, on the western coast of main island Spitsbergen. Surrounded by the area’s trademark spiky peaks, we walked across spongey soils, stopping to look at clusters of purple saxifrage as delicate as millefiori glasswork and sniffing the rose-like scent of moss campion. Tiny waterfalls trickled and snow bunting whistled, signalling the surprising variety of life at these extremes.
A second hike in Buchananhalvoya, the following day, introduced us to forests of polar willow – the biggest ‘tree’ in Svalbard, standing at only 8cm tall. “They say, if you’re lost in the forests of Iceland, just stand up,” quipped expedition guide Kelly. “If you’re lost in a forest in Svalbard, just open your eyes.”
Along our trail, pawprints the size of dinner plates reminded us bears can be anywhere, explaining why all hikes are led by guides with rifles, and landings are only ever made if a site has been carefully scouted and deemed clear.
As part of the new regulations, landings have been limited to 43 designated sites and only ships with a maximum of 200 passengers can enter protected areas. Carrying less than that number, our ship, the Ultramarine, was perfectly suited to explore the best spots.
The ideal way to view bears is – and always has been – from a ship, in ice.
Beyond Svalbard’s 12-nautical-mile protection zone, there are no set restrictions on viewing distances. During the summer months, this is where the remaining pack ice can be found.
Heading to 81 degrees north, the furthest north Ultramarine has ever travelled, we enter the Arctic’s frozen kingdom. A mosaic of shattered
“The ideal way to view bears is – and always has been – from a ship, in ice”
slabs drifts around us like pieces in an ever-shifting jigsaw puzzle. It isn’t long before we sight two male bears playing and rolling in the snow, taking dips in sapphire-blue patches of water to cool off from the blazing sun.
Watching wildlife is a game of patience. After several hours, a curious bear approaches our vessel, sniffing the air with his coal-black nose, until he is only metres from the bow. Dwarfed by the expanse of a frosted realm stretching into infinity, it’s the iconic image of an animal at the frontline of climate change.
In extreme environments, weather dictates everything. Much of expedition leader Sarah Zaubi’s time is spent analysing and crossreferencing weather charts, looking at wind speeds and fog.
Although a storm is approaching, we have a small window of opportunity to visit Svalbard’s premier bird cliffs at Alkefjellet along the Hinlopen Strait – a body of water separating Spitsbergen from neighbouring island Nordaustlandet.
At 5.30am the next morning, visibility is gloomy. The sharp ridges of steep cliffs appear like turrets of medieval castles in the low, foreboding light.
Motoring closer to the site in Zodiac RIB boats, the bickering of squealing birds grows loader, eventually drowning out the sound of our engines.
HOW TO PLAN YOUR TRIP
A 15-day Spitsbergen Circumnavigation cruise with Quark costs from $15,088 USD/£11,188pp, including all meals, activities and charter flights from Helsinki. Depart June 30 and July 9, 2026. Visit quarkexpeditions.com.
More than 60,000 breeding pairs of Brünnich’s guillemots nest here every summer, crammed onto ledges like residents of inner-city tower blocks. Jostling for a comfortable position, the small bids flutter their monochrome wings as they squabble and fight, creating even bigger black clouds in the skies overhead. Amidst the chaos, crafty foxes sneak between the ridges to steal eggs.
While wildlife is Svalbard’s biggest attraction, its landscapes shouldn’t be underestimated – from glaciers with walls taller than skyscrapers to polar deserts rolling into a seductive unknown beyond. Whether out on the bow or sitting in the elegant dining room, I spend hours watching mountains rise and fall in the mist as chubby fulmars and even several humpbacks flank our vessel.
Throughout our 14-day voyage, we clock up bears on ice, rocks and even strolling below a glacier. But it’s the tiny creatures that leave the biggest impressions – fox kits tumbling in the tundra, a newborn baby bearded seal clinging to a drifting stack of ice, hundreds of little auks flocking metres from my face as I huddle into a cluster of lichen-stained rocks.
New regulations and bigger crowds have undoubtedly made it more challenging to visit Svalbard, but “the land of cold shores” is still warmly inviting. With the right approach and correct planning, it’s possible to enjoy everything the archipelago has to offer. Although it’s in those impromptu, unexpected moments that the real beauty lies.
Raffles Maldives Meradhoo’s Royal Residence
The Indian Ocean’s new exclusive island hideaway
At the southernmost reach of the Maldives, in the remote and pristine atoll of Gaafu Alifu, Raffles Maldives Meradhoo has been welcoming travellers in search of true tranquillity and complete escapism since its opening in 2019. Now, as the world slowly emerges from lockdown, this Indian Ocean idyll is ready to reveal a retreat that will provide the ultimate hideaway for those who want to relax in unparalleled style: the Raffles Royal Residence.
Occupying an unblemished stretch of the resort’s blissful Beach Island, the vast six-bedroom
villa is perfect for groups of friends gathering for a once-in-a-lifetime celebration, as well as families who want to kick back and take things easy. Stretching comfortably over 1,700 square metres and accommodating up to 15 guests, the Royal Residence’s heart is the three consecutive reception rooms that border its 40-metre pool and look towards the property’s private beach. Whether savouring a fully catered barbecue, enjoying a boisterous pool party or simply admiring unimpeded views of another staggering sunset, everything the property offers can be enjoyed in absolute exclusivity.
“Occupying an unblemished stretch of the resort’s blissful Beach Island, the vast six-bedroom villa is perfect for groups of friends gathering for a once-in-a-lifetime celebration”
With interiors conceived by Singapore-based design firm BLINK, the Royal Residence melds Raffles’ respect for tradition and timeless elegance with the Maldives’ unique maritime beauty and relaxed, restorative approach to luxury.
Raffles’ distinct colonial style is seen in the property’s striped monsoon blinds and louvered doors - the signature grey-blue shade visible throughout was in fact created especially for the Royal Residence and the resort more generally. The spectacular seascapes to be found immediately beyond the resort are affectionately referenced in the coral patterns that are embedded on upholstery; contemporary furniture inspired by sea life; and ecologically friendly decorations that replicate the can’t-be-bettered shapes organically produced by nature, from turtle shells to sea urchins to starfish.
Guests inspired by those flourishes will have ample tailored opportunities to explore the many wonders of the world surrounding them. Raffles Maldives Meradhoo’s Marine Butlers can lead guided explorations of the resort’s two spectacular house reefs, while the Royal Residence Butler will be available at any time of day or night to facilitate private boat trips, hearty feet-in-the-sand meals under the shimmer of flickering tiki lights at barbecue restaurant The Firepit, or indulgent treatments at the resort’s overwater spa.
Of course, with so much space entirely and solely at their disposal, guests might simply while away days without leaving the Royal Residence at all. Spa treatments can also be arranged on site; Raffles Maldives Meradhoo’s team of Children’s Butlers can be enlisted to entertain younger
visitors; and a multitude of special events, from surprise birthday parties to decadent anniversary dinners, can be happily facilitated. Up to 24 guests can gather for a show-stopping meal to remember in the villa’s kitchen and dining room. Overlooking the lagoon and with its private bar stocked with rare spirits and the finest cigars, the expansive roof terrace works just as well as an intimate eyrie for evening sundowners as it does for morning yoga sessions sound-tracked by gently lapping waves.
Shaded by palm trees and flanked by silken sands, it makes an incomparable retreat for groups who, for just a while, want to leave the real world behind entirely. raffles.com
Fly Churchill – The Strongest Link between you and your destination
With access to the best private jets and helicopters, Churchill Aviation oversees every aspect of your journey. Whether you’re a regular business traveller or looking for a luxury getaway, our service delivers unique and personal flying experiences. Fly to an itinerary that fits your schedule.
AUTUMN ESCAPES: Europe’s Chicest City Breaks for 2025
As summer fades and Europe dons its golden cloak, autumn becomes the perfect time for a stylish city escape. With crisp air, vivid foliage, and fewer crowds, it’s a season made for slow travel, indulgent dining, and boutique luxury. Here are five cities that blend natural beauty, Michelinstarred cuisine, and memorable experiences.
Florence, Italy
Florence glows in autumn. The Tuscan hills blaze with colour, and sunsets over the Arno are pure magic. Stay at Hotel Lungarno, and dine at Enoteca Pinchiorri, a three-Michelin-starred icon. Stroll the Uffizi or take a vineyard day trip to Chianti.
Ljubljana, Slovenia
Slovenia’s capital is peaceful and picturesque in fall.
Forested hills turn fiery red above its baroque old town. Book a suite at Zlata Ladjica and try modern Slovenian cuisine at Strelec, inside the castle. A boat ride along the Ljubljanica is a must.
San Sebastián, Spain
On Spain’s wild northern coast, San Sebastián mixes beaches, surf, and serious gastronomy. Stay at Hotel Maria Cristina and book Arzak or Akelarre. Wander the Parte Vieja or hike Monte Urgull for epic views.
Vienna, Austria
Elegant and cultural, Vienna dazzles in gold come October. Stay at Hotel Sans Souci Wien, explore palaces and art museums, and dine at twoMichelin-starred Steirereck. Don’t miss a classic café for coffee and torte.
Porto, Portugal
Porto’s misty mornings and Douro views are enchanting in autumn. Stay at Torel Avantgarde and dine at The Yeatman. Cruise the river, tour cellars, and enjoy the glow of city lights from Gaia’s riverbanks.
“Elegant and cultural, Vienna dazzles in gold come October. Stay at Hotel Sans Souci Wien, explore palaces and art museums, and dine at two-Michelin-starred Steirereck”
Florence
Ljubljana
San Sebastián Vienna
Porto
On a tailor-made holiday to the USA & Canada with award winning specialist tour operator Purely America, no two holidays are the same and your travel options are endless. Each holiday is tailored to your exact requirements and with our years of experience, amazing customer satisfaction and access to preferred rates negotiated with all the major airlines, car hire, hotels and attractions you are in safe hands. Your perfect trip might be a classic California fly/drive or maybe it’s a stay in a sumptuous home in Florida close to the famous theme parks; perhaps a luxury city-break in New York; or experience delicious food and amazing music in the South; maybe drive historic Route 66 or experience the stunning Canadian Rocky Mountains.
In Canada feel like you have just stepped into a wildlife documentary and discover the great outdoors with its plentiful forests, mountains and glaciers. Canada is the perfect destination for self-drive holidays, whilst there the activities on offer cover wildlife viewing, hiking, canoeing, skiing, biking and white water rafting, among others. The cities are vibrant and historic, with something for everyone in Vancouver, Montreal, Quebec City, Halifax, Ottawa and Toronto.
In the USA the landscapes are even more varied. With 50 states to explore, 63 awe inspiring National Parks to discover and some of the most beautiful natural wonders on the planet, you will need to clear your camera roll to capture every moment of your holiday. From mountains, forests, deserts, canyons, sandy beaches and rolling green lands to its theme parks, vibrant cities and authentic American experiences, a holiday to the USA cannot be matched by any other destination.
Our travel experts here at Purely America are waiting to create an amazing American or Canadian adventure, just for you.
Doggy Yoga Retreat at Down Hall
By Lauren Maybank
This summer, my two crazy spaniels, Marley and Mylo (both 6), and I escaped to the beautiful Essex countryside for an unforgettable weekend at the Doggy Yoga Retreat hosted at Down Hall Hotel, Spa & Estate and it was every bit as gorgeous as it sounds.
Nestled within 110 acres of breathtaking parkland, the estate is not only stunning but also incredibly dog-friendly. We stayed in one of the charming Garden Rooms, which couldn’t have been more perfect for Marley and Mylo, who were itching to blast into the verdant open space.
With direct outdoor access, an ample room for all five of us (including my son), and thoughtful touches like dog bowls, treats, and pup bedding, it felt like Marley and Mylo were as much the guests as we were.
The retreat itself, is headed up by the inimitable Camilla Sheeley of glowments wellness retreats. It kicked off with a serene guided woodland walk through the estate’s 110 acres of parkland. It was the perfect way for us to shake off the cobwebs (especially the dogs!) and sink into the peace of nature while soaking up the sunshine.
The glorious walk was followed by a charming picnic set up just for us, complete with treats for both humans and hounds and a bonus glutenfree pizza to boot! Watching Marley and Mylo inhaling various treats, and making doggy pals was a delight.
Later, we enjoyed a one-on-one photo session,
a lovely touch, even if my two 100mph spaniels weren’t exactly the most cooperative models! That evening, dogs were invited to take part in a tranquil guided sound bath, designed to soothe both humans and their canine companions.
The highlight of the weekend was undoubtedly the dog-and-owner yoga session. Marley and Mylo, already pros at mimicking my morning downward dogs, were highly stimulated by their fellow furry yogis but eventually settled down to enjoy the gentle session.
Throughout the weekend, the food at Down Hall was exceptional. There is the option of light bites on the terrace to the à la carte dining at The Garden Room, all beautifully presented and made with fresh ingredients straight from Down Hall’s own kitchen garden.
If you’re looking for a unique and restorative weekend with your pup, Prices start from £225 per person based on two people sharing a dog-friendly room (including breakfast).
THE DETAILS
downhall.co.uk/offers/ doggy-yoga-retreat/51-81/ glowments.com (check for further retreat dates at Down Hall, not just doggy yoga)
THE SAXON INN
The Saxon Inn, winner of the Stylish Bed & Breakfast Award in the South West at this year’s Travel & Hospitality Awards is a true hidden gem. Nestled in the heart of North Dorset’s Blackmore Vale, The Saxon Inn in Child Okeford is a hidden gem offering a blend of welcoming hospitality, excellent food, and charming countryside tranquillity.
Whether you’re seeking a peaceful weekend retreat or a satisfying dining experience, this beautifully refurbished inn has plenty to offer. From the moment you walk through the door, you’re greeted by a rustic interior, log fires, and a sense of home-from-home comfort. Owner Sarah brings energy, attention to detail, and genuine warmth to the experience.
Many guests have praised Sarah and her team’s exceptional care: “People who truly care!… The food and service was exceptional” The menu is built around quality local Dorset produce, seasonal, sustainable, and sourced from trusted independent suppliers. Whether it’s classic British comfort food, Sunday roast, or inventive seasonal dishes, you’ll find something to delight every palate. Highlight dishes include Beef Wellington, Dorset pork fillet, smoky bean stew, or fish & chips with cider batter – all prepared with flair. Add in a rotating selection of local cask ales, craft Dorset gins, with plenty of low-alcohol options on offer too your drinks experience is equally well considered.
Upstairs are four stylish ensuite rooms, recently refurbished for modern comfort yet retaining cosy charm. Rooms like Hammoon which offers twin beds, Hambledon with its super-king, Hanford and The Hill which is pet friendly all offer Wi-Fi, toiletries, tea/ coffee, heated towel rails, soft linen bedding and Freeview TV. These lovely rooms are ideal both for practical travellers or relaxed countryside escapes.
Situated just minutes from scenic attractions like Hambledon Hill and the River Stour, and near the market towns of Shaftesbury and Blandford, the inn is ideally placed for countryside rambles and local exploration.
You can join the North Dorset Trailway nearby for walking or cycling and return to the inn’s garden or terrace to unwind.
Book a stay, settle in by the fire or garden terrace, and taste the heart of Dorset – your memorable countryside experience awaits. Awarded 4 rosettes for accommodation by the tourist board, as well as their breakfast award. Whether you’re after a country getaway or a satisfying meal in warm surroundings,The Saxon Inn offers the perfect blend of hospitality, cuisine, and local character. Book a stay, settle in by the fire or garden terrace, and taste the heart of Dorset –your memorable countryside experience awaits. Gold Hill, Child Okeford, Blandford Forum DT11 8HD. thesaxoninn.co.uk
WHY IT STANDS OUT
• Personal touch: Owner Sarah crafts both ambience and menu with dedication.
• Dog-friendly: Bring your pet and relax together in selected rooms and the pub spaces.
• Cosy year-round: Open fires in winter, garden seating in summer – whatever the season, there’s a warm or sunny spot to enjoy. A Perfect Base for Exploring Dorset
• Highly rated: With glowing reviews for atmosphere, service, and food quality – with Inn offers the perfect blend of hospitality, cuisine, and local character.
Child Okeford, Dorset
A quintessentially English Inn hidden in the village of Child Okeford for all to enjoy.
Offering a menu using the best local & seasonal produce, with an ever growing range of local cask ales, wines & spirits. Dog friendly in the pub & rooms. Letting rooms available to book for a sublime get away.
Discover the Magic of the Nordics with OFF THE MAP
If you’ve dreamed of stepping off the beaten track into a world of natural wonders, thrilling adventures, and unique accommodation, the Nordic countries offer it all. At Off The Map Travel, we specialise in unforgettable luxury journeys to remote destinations where the adventure never ends.
From the ethereal Northern Lights in Sweden, Finland, and Norway to the dramatic scenery of Iceland, Greenland, and Denmark, each destination has its own magic. Whether you’re after adrenalinefuelled activities or peaceful nature escapes, we’ve got you covered with our tailor-made Nordic luxury experiences.
Sweden: Stay in the Trees at the Treehotel & Beyond
Sweden’s Treehotel is one of the world’s most unique places to stay. Tucked in the forest, you’ll sleep in a treehouse designed by top architects— choose a mirrored cube that disappears into the trees or a UFO-shaped pod from a sci-fi dream.
Beyond the unusual lodgings, Sweden is filled with adventure. Speed through forests on a snowmobile or mush a husky team across frozen lakes. Join our guides on a night-time wilderness trip to see the Northern Lights. Warm up in a floating sauna at Aurora Safari Camp as the Northern Lights dance above.
For something unforgettable, stay at the Icehotel in Jukkasjärvi, where everything from the bar to the beds is made of ice. Our expert team handles everything—from transfers to snow gear—so you can simply enjoy it.
Norway: Experience the Wilderness in Style Norway is full of rugged beauty and epic landscapes. Whether you’re staying at Vindly’s
luxury apartments in Tromsø or a hideaway overlooking the fjords, Norway’s settings are truly spectacular.
The activities are just as memorable: float in ice-cold Arctic waters, go whale watching, or take a private sailing trip. Ride the mountain train at Flåm or sail to a floating seafood restaurant in Bergen. With Off The Map, everything’s taken care of— from reservations to must-do experiences.
Finland: A Winter Wonderland Awaits
If you’ve ever imagined staying in a glass-roofed aurora cabin under the stars or relaxing in a heated, luxurious log cabin while watching the Northern Lights, Finland should be at the top of your travel list. Our hand-picked locations, like the Wolf Lodge and exclusive wilderness retreats, offer both tranquillity and adventure.
Snowmobiling through the wilderness or taking a ride on a reindeer sled to meet Santa are just a couple of the adventures that await. If you’re an animal lover, there’s nothing like a husky safari across snowy trails, with expert mushers guiding
Photo Credit - Treehotel
Photo Credit - Hotel Umi
Photo Credit - Hotel Umi
Photo Credit - Vindlys Apartments Tromso
you through the forests. You can also meet the friendly moose and reindeer that roam freely in the Finnish wilderness.
Iceland: Adventure and Natural Wonders at Your Fingertips
Iceland is the ultimate destination for those seeking adventure and beauty in equal measure. From geothermal hot springs to the mighty glaciers and volcanoes, there’s no shortage of jaw-dropping landscapes. Stay in unique accommodations like the sleek and stylish Hotel Umi, just a short drive from iconic sights like Skógafoss and Reynisfjara beach.
Take a thrilling ice-climbing excursion, venture out on a glacier hike, or explore the incredible ice caves and visit the stunning waterfalls. Whale watching in Iceland is a magical experience and you can even try something completely different with a dip in one of their geo-thermal spas.
Greenland: A Remote Paradise of Ice and Nature
Greenland is the ultimate Nordic escape. Known for its vast icy landscapes, dramatic fjords, and close-knit communities, Greenland offers experiences that are completely unique. Stay in eco-friendly cabins perched on the edge of
A SEAMLESS EXPERIENCE EVERY STEP OF THE WAY
At Off The Map Travel, we specialise in creating personalised journeys to these awe-inspiring destinations. Our team of experts is always on the ground, making sure that your trip is smooth and hassle-free. From private transfers and restaurant bookings to all the necessary gear for your Arctic adventures (yes, that includes warm clothing!), we’ve got it all covered. We take care of the details so you can focus on what matters—experiencing the moment and creating memories that will last a lifetime.
Whether you’re riding huskies across snow-covered trails, watching the Northern Lights from your glass igloo, or taking a boat ride through Norway’s beautiful fjords, we ensure that your adventure is seamless, exciting, and totally unforgettable. So, pack your sense of adventure—and leave the rest to us.
glaciers, where the silence is broken only by the crunch of snow underfoot and the occasional whale sighting.
For an experience that will leave you breathless, head out on a snowmobile safari, trek through glaciers, or take a boat ride through one of Greenland’s stunning fjords.
Denmark: A Different Kind of Adventure
While Denmark might not be covered in snow like its Nordic neighbours, it’s still a destination full of charm and adventure. From the cultural hub of Copenhagen to the peaceful coastlines of Jutland, Denmark offers a unique experience for those looking for something more laid-back but equally captivating.
For a little adventure, explore Denmark’s hidden gems on a bike tour or take a kayaking trip through its waterways. You can also visit one of the many stunning castles, each with its own history to discover. Whether you’re unwinding in a boutique hotel in Copenhagen or experiencing the traditional charm of a seaside retreat, Off The Map ensures everything is arranged for you, from local experiences to hidden spots only the locals know.
Photo Credit - Julie Skotte, Visit Greenland
Photo Credit - Hotel D’Angleterre Denmark
Photo Credit - Wolf Lodge
Photo Credit - Octola
NEscape the Everyday at Chewton Glen Hotel & Spa
estled on the edge of the enchanting New Forest and just moments from the sea, Chewton Glen is the epitome of English country house charm. Set within 130 acres of beautifully manicured grounds, this five-star retreat offers the perfect blend of luxury, adventure and tranquillity.
For Chelsea dwellers seeking an effortless escape, the journey is under two hours from London but feels a world away. Wander through ancient woodland where New Forest ponies roam freely and breathe in the crisp coastal air. Meander down winding trails from the estate straight to the shoreline.
Chewton Glen’s unique location means you can enjoy the best of both worlds: the wild beauty of the forest and the salt-kissed freshness of the Solent. For those craving a little thrill, take to the water on a private RIB boat trip. Skim across the waves, discover hidden coves or simply take in views of the Isle of Wight.
Back on land, the pace slows. Unwind in the award-winning spa, indulge in seasonal dining at The Dining Room or relax in your suite where contemporary luxury meets classic English elegance. For a stay with a difference, the Treehouse Suites offer suspended serenity high above the forest floor.
Whether you’re planning a romantic weekend, a family adventure or simply seeking a change of scene, Chewton Glen invites you to reconnect with nature in effortless style.
This is a place where timeless elegance meets remarkable experiences. A country house by the coast, where warm, personal service makes every stay unforgettable.
Come for the forest. Stay for the sea. Leave with memories that last long after your return to London.
Chewton Glen Hotel & Spa: A feast for the senses and a celebration of the seasons chewtonglen.com
The Seagrave Arms
Nestled in the heart of the charming north Cotswolds village of Weston Subedge, just a stone’s throw away from the towns of Chipping Campden and Broadway, The Seagrave Arms underwent a transformation in 2021 under the new ownership of Alex Morbey who has returned to the Cotswolds following 10 years setting up a wedding venue in Ely, Cambridgeshire on the family farm estate.
The Grade II Listed 17th century coaching inn now has seven beautifully appointed en-suite bedrooms, each with different country-inspired charming décor and luxurious finishing touches. The á la carte restaurant is the perfect foodie destination with an ever-growing reputation, offering the very best local and seasonal produce and extensive selection of drinks to staying guests, locals and travellers from further afield.
Inside, the inn has both an open fire in the bar, plus log burners in the two restaurant rooms for when the temperatures are cooler, adding to the
cosy ambience. Outside, there is a small walled garden and covered courtyard area with dappled shade from pleached London Plane trees, patio heaters and a tasteful mix of dining tables and relaxed sofa seating. Twice-monthly live music evenings are held in the courtyard where guests can enjoy ‘Fish & Fizz’ and delicious homemade pizzas served from the outdoor pop-up kitchen whilst the tunes flow.
Alex is delighted to have been honoured with two prestigious awards in recent years – the North Cotswold ‘Eat, Sleep and Drink’ award and the Tripadvisor Travellers’ Choice award, recognising the invaluable feedback and satisfaction from guests.
Whether you are looking for the perfect base to tour the Cotswolds from, just passing through or looking for the perfect private event venue, you are assured a warm welcome and will be looked after.
The hearty breakfasts will certainly be sure to set you up for the rest of the day! theseagravearms.co.uk
“Alex is delighted to have been honoured with two prestigious awards in recent years – the North Cotswold ‘Eat, Sleep and Drink’ award and the Tripadvisor Travellers’ Choice award, recognising the invaluable feedback and satisfaction from guests”
LLouisville, Kentucky, USA
ooking for a city that’s as welcoming as it is exciting? Louisville’s got that rare mix of genuine Southern charm, full of soul, packed with flavour, mouthwatering hospitality, rich history, and a spirit that’s impossible to ignore. Welcome to Louisville, the largest city and home to Kentucky Derby, the legendary Churchill Downs, the Slugger Museum & Factory and Muhammad Ali where history and heritage await. Experience a holiday of lifetime, creating unforgettable memories in the Bluegrass State of Kentucky.
A road trip destination that keeps you wanting to explore more from live music, family fun, a haven for foodies, history, exploring the outdoors, craft beers, horses - a city that welcomes everyone from all over the globe. Known as the birthplace of bourbon, the city boasts ten amazing distilleries.
The Urban Bourbon Trail lets you explore the craft behind Kentucky’s signature spirit, with world class tasting tours and stories that bring every sip to life. It’s an experience as rich as the bourbon itself.
Savour in appetising cuisine prepared by top chefs from farm to fork cuisine. Discover gourmet restaurants to diners, indulge in sticky bourbonglazed ribs and melt-in-your-mouth biscuits to slow-smoked BBQ and fresh twists on Southern classics. Louisville’s kitchens serve up comforting flavours that keep locals and visitors coming back for more. Whether you’re grabbing a classic Hot Brown or exploring creative new takes on comfort food, your tastebuds are in for a real treat.
Neighbourhoods like NuLu and The Highlands buzz with energy and local colour. Independent boutiques, vibrant street art, cosy cafés, and live music spilling out of bars — these areas are full of those special moments you can only find when you wander off the beaten path.
When it’s time to unwind, Louisville offers
a range of places to stay, from boutique to contemporary hotels with a historic flair that feel like a home away from home. Wherever you rest your head, you’ll find the city’s warmth and character waiting to welcome you.
Louisville moves at its own pace, relaxed, authentic, and full of surprises around every corner. It’s a place to explore, to taste, to feel, and to fall for.
More than just a stop on your journey, Louisville’s a destination that stays with you long after you leave.
TRAVELLING TO LOUISVILLE
Fly nonstop from the UK to nearby Nashville or Cincinnati or fly in-direct straight into Louisville where you will be conveniently just minutes away from the city.
Purely America offers a luxury 7-night package to Louisville starting from just £1,599 per person and includes: Return flights, 5 nts @ 21c Museum Hotel & 2 nts @ Hermitage Farm, entry into the Kentucky Derby Museum, Slugger Museum & Factory, Muhammad Ali Center, a custom Bourbon blending experience, Bourbon tasting, tour including a tour of a horse farm, Lunch and Bourbon distilleries plus a Hermitage Farm walking tour
THE DETAILS
For more information on Louisville, Kentucky, please scan the QR code below
Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator, with competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, attractions, rail & escorted coach tours, city, spa & golf breaks and hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to Louisville, Kentucky and Southern USA.
Call us today on 0844 80 444 80 and speak with someone who has been to Louisville, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday to this exciting city.
PurelyAmerica.co.uk
Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel
Churchill Downs, Louisville
Slugger Museum and factory, Louisville
Louisville’s Waterfront
Travel used to be about discovering.
Luxury Travel is all about exploring here & now. Live the unknown.
Cantal Grand Spectacle. designed for travellers by
“And then, I came to lose my mind and find my spirit”.
Exclusive Private Stays for 4-12 guests in secret volcanic France
FAMILY FUN IN BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS, USA
Want a city that mixes history with the hip, contemporary with the quaint? Where cobblestone streets meet glass-enclosed shopping galleries, where the Freedom Trail’s landmarks stand beside trendy restaurants, where new high-tech campuses brush shoulders with some of the USA’s most prestigious universities? Then Boston is a must.
If you’re heading to Boston with family, a great time is in store for everyone. The city is a wondrous place where old and new mesh beautifully and adventure abounds on every corner. Boston is full of fun for the entire family that will prevent you from hearing those dreaded words “I’m Bored.”
Let the kids curate their own Boston itinerary at View Boston, featuring a 360-degree observation deck on the Prudential Tower’s 52nd floor and an
interactive neighbourhood discovery tool. Experience Boston with a Big Splash! On board an amphibious Duck tour where you will experience Boston by both land and water or stay on dry land on a hop on hop off bus tour, discover thousands of aquatic animals from sharks to Myrtle, the green sea turtle at the New England Aquarium, immerse the family in the latest in science and technology at the Museum of Science, discover the power of play at the Boston Children’s Museum, channel your inner revolutionary at the Boston Tea Party Ships & Museum or eat unlimited ice cream, learn through interactive installations and play in magical spaces at the Museum of Ice Cream!
In the warmer months, enjoy water-based activities and experience true nostalgia with a Swan Boat ride in the Public Garden or take a
Purely America offers 4-night city breaks to Boston including flights and 4-star hotel from just £999 per person or a 7 night New England self drive tour with Boston as the gateway city from just £1,599 per person inc flights, hotels and car hire.
Boston Common
Boston skyline
View Boston
thrilling speedboat tour, do some paddleboarding and sailing on the Charles River. In the winter skate through the holiday season on the Boston Common Frog Pond and year-round enjoy the city on 2 wheels by exploring Boston on a self-guided or guided bike tour.
Boston, a city for every season. This New England city adapts, seemingly overnight, to the changes in the seasons and the weather as the calendar pages turn. In each season, a different feature of the city shines.
In the spring, it’s the parks and greenways as the plentiful flowers bloom and the trees bud. In the summer, the pedestrian areas such as Faneuil Hall Marketplace, rooftop bars, outdoor cafes and the waterfront that teem with excitement and life. Fall, it’s the walking trails, including the historic Freedom Trail, framed by the season’s bright colours characteristic of New England fall foliage. In winter, it’s the cobblestone pathways, cosy eateries and the romantic lamplit streets of Beacon Hill. And, of course, the holiday season in Boston, Massachusetts, is filled with joy and celebration. The shopping can’t be topped, and the festivals and celebrations are abundant.
Things to Do in Boston. Everyone will enjoy Boston’s lively waterfront, whale watches (May to Oct) and sunset sails. Wind your way through Harvard Yard or the mile-long campus of
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Boston’s distinctive shopping districts allow visitors to browse in glass- enclosed arcades, stroll open air marketplaces – most notably Faneuil Hall Marketplace – and meander Newbury Street’s chic boutiques and eclectic Harvard Square. Go outlet shopping at nearby centres - regardless of where you shop, you’ll appreciate the tax exemption on all clothing valued under $175.
Boston’s iconic 2.5 mile-Freedom Trail connects 16 nationally significant historic sites, each one an authentic treasure. Walk the trail at your own pace or take an official walking tour led by guides in 18th century costumes.
Hungry! Boston is a melting pot of culinary delights, area chefs outdo themselves with signature specialties made from the freshest local ingredients. The local seafood is spectacular, contemporary cuisine, classic New England fare with a twist and a diverse mix of ethnic dishes makes for unparalleled meals. Spicing up the culinary calendar, twice a year, in March and in August, Dine Out Boston is when Chefs prepare prix fixe meals at deliciously discounted prices.
Wondering where to stay? Boston can accommodate your every need with properties to suit every budget and a generous offering of luxury hotels boasting a lavish level of hospitality and amenities such as Raffles Boston, Langham, Four Seasons, Mandarin Oriental and The Newbury to name just a few.
TRAVELLING TO BOSTON
Fly nonstop from the UK with British Airways, United Airlines, JetBlue, Delta and Virgin Atlantic. Boston is the closest “big” US city to the UK and once you land into Boston Logan airport you are conveniently just minutes away from the city which is served with great transportation links.
For more information on Boston, please scan the QR code below
Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to Boston and New England.
With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, city, spa & golf breaks and hundreds of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to Boston, New England and the USA.
Call us today on 0844 80 444 80 and speak with someone who has been to Boston, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday to this exciting, historical & stunning city.
Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel
Museum of Ice Cream, Boston
Boston North End
Within The Village is a collection of five luxury interconnecting cottages and townhouses designed around a terraced garden with breathtaking views in the picture-perfect coastal village of Roundstone in the West of Ireland.
Loosely based around the Italian Albergo Diffuso (scattered hotel) model of hospitality, the principle behind this unique concept in Eco-Luxe accommodation is that you are overseen by a host, based in a central reception area but where guests can immersive themselves in local village life on either a selfcatering or fully serviced basis.
Inspired by the landscape of Connemara and brought to life with local craft and design the houses are available for individual short term stays. Sleeping from 2 to 28 guests, it is an ideal space to host individuals, small groups and intimate family events. The entire space is also available for exclusive hire.
Situated just off the Atlantic coast, a few hours drive from the theme parks of Orlando which makes Amelia Island the perfect twin centre option, this unique little barrier island may lack in size but it makes up for it in character; Amelia Island is a beauty that will steal your heart.
Pristine beaches to the east. Stunning marshes to the west. Unique discoveries everywhere in between.
Imagine an enchanting island that is rich in history, naturally lush and beautiful, and authentically old Floridian - The sun rises majestically over the horizon. The wildlife gracefully stirs, embracing a renewed sense of curiosity. Your footprints create one-of-a-kind impressions as you stroll along the shore. And your pace, without realizing, keeps time to the rhythm of the sea. On Amelia Island’s 13 miles of stunning beaches, every moment feels timeless. Let the pristine coastline inspire you as you stroll along the Appalachian quartz sand, discover hidden treasures and soak in the natural beauty that surrounds you. As you meander through the historic streets of downtown
Fernandina Beach, you are transported to a world where time stands still. Shopkeepers greet you with unique treasures and welcoming smiles. The rich aroma of freshly made fudge carries on a gentle breeze. Your gaze is drawn to the Victorian-era architecture that holds captivating secrets of a storied past. As the sun dips beyond the breathtaking marsh, and sidewalk cafes set the evening aglow, more than 90 distinctive restaurants feature locally grown food and seafood caught just off the shores of Amelia come alive and you realize it is the perfect ending to another perfect day on Amelia Island.
Outdoor adventure including horse riding on the beach, world-class golf and top-shelf spa experiences are available year-round. Accommodations on Amelia Island are draped in Southern hospitality, from luxury oceanfront resorts to charming Bed & Breakfasts and spacious vacation home rentals, Amelia Island’s variety of accommodation styles offers a sanctuary catered to your tastes and preferences.
Let your sense of adventure carry you through Amelia Island’s unspoiled natural wonders. Whether on land or water, this unique Florida destination beckons you to explore.
Purely America offers a 7-night holiday to Amelia Island including flights, hotel and car hire from £1,499 per person based on 2 adults sharing.
THE DETAILS
Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible selfdrive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, attractions and a selection of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to the USA, Florida and Amelia Island.
For more information on Amelia Island, please scan the QR code below
Book your holiday to Amelia Island - call us to speak with one of our agents who have been there, let us tell you all about it, inspire you and help plan your dream holiday staying on this beautiful island paradise in Northeastern Florida.
Call us on 0844 80 444 80.
Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel
Northeast Florida’s Coastal Gem
Amelia Island Downtown
Amelia Island Hotels
Amelia Island Beaches
Pitt Farm, South Devon
“Tucked away in the rolling hills of South Devon, our seven charming holiday cottages offer the perfect escape for families, friends, and multi-generational groups looking to reconnect, relax, and enjoy the very best of countryside living without sacrificing convenience or comfort.
Ranging from a cosy one-bedroom cottage ideal for couples to spacious properties sleeping up to 12 guests, our accommodation is designed with flexibility in mind. We frequently welcome large groups who hire several cottages together for reunions, celebrations, or simply to spend time together in a peaceful, private setting.
Our location is truly special. Surrounded by nature, yet within easy reach of the area’s stunning beaches, picturesque villages, and local amenities. Inside, you’ll find large, comfortable living and sleeping spaces that are perfect for both relaxation
CONTACT US
Web: pitt-farm.co.uk
Email: info@pitt-farm.co.uk
WhatsApp: +44 7457 418873
Phone: 01548 521234
and quality time together. Each cottage also features a fully equipped kitchen, allowing guests to prepare anything from a simple breakfast to a full family feast with ease.
Families particularly love our range of on-site facilities: an indoor heated swimming pool, tennis court, games barn, outdoor playground, woodland play area, and even a basketball hoop. One of the highlights of every stay is our daily animal feeding sessions, which are popular with younger guests and a chance to create joyful memories that last well beyond your holiday.
Safe, secluded, and thoughtfully equipped, our cottages offer a blend of rustic charm with modern conveniences. Each one individually styled and fully self-catered, with ample indoor and outdoor space to unwind. Whether you’re planning a quiet weekend away or a week-long family gathering, you’ll find everything you need to feel right at home.
At Pitt farm Holiday Cottages we take great pride in offering a warm welcome and a truly memorable experience. Come and discover why so many of our guests return year after year.
A family business providing exclusive valet parking at Gatwick Airport since 1992.
Try our hotel…
Have your car collected from the Terminal Forecourt and walk direct into check-in. On your return your car is delivered to the Forecourt and you can drive straight home.
No Buses – No Waiting
Our customised car park is only 3 minutes from The terminal enabling a prompt and reliable service. Car Park vetted annually by Surrey Police and holder of Trading Standards ‘Buy with Confidence’ award.
Book online at: www.tudorrose.co.uk or telephone 01293 822844 10% Discount Code TRLM010
Discover beautiful South Devon. Come and stay in one of our seven award winning self-catering cottages. Sleeping 2 to 12 guests, our cottages are ideal for romantic getaways, family holidays and group gatherings (up to 56 people). Enjoy stunning views and superb onsite facilities including an indoor heated pool, tennis court, games barn, Zip wire, outdoor children’s play area, basketball net, woodland play zone and daily animal feeding sessions. Tucked away off the beaten track, yet close to Salcombe, Dartmouth, and a host of beautiful nearby beaches, this is the perfect base to explore the very best that Devon has to offer.
From cosying up fireside in a country cottage, to stargazing from a dreamy hot tub at your clifftop hideaway, seek the magic of a staycation with Boutique Retreats. With over 260 luxury abodes to choose from, uncover our curated collection of luxury retreats, set in unique locations across the UK.
For the lovers of timeless period homes and grand Georgian townhouses, to characterful cottages and Scandi-style cabins, our hand-picked selection of luxurious homes offers a dream escape for any guest. Whether you’re seeking a romantic weekend getaway with that special someone, or a week-long gathering with family and friends – you’ll be sure to find your perfect homestay in our exclusive portfolio.
It’s important to us that a retreat promises those little luxuries our guests long for to ensure their staycation of dreams. From handsome wood burning stoves and elegant bathtubs for two, to wood-fired hot tubs set on the cliffs above rolling tides - our retreats offer only luxury living moments.
As storytellers and travel dream seekers, we craft every step of the Boutique journey with your experience at the heart of what we do. Our team are dedicated to providing guests with a personalised service, making every step of the
“For the lovers of timeless period homes and grand Georgian townhouses, to characterful cottages and Scandi-style cabins, our handpicked selection of luxurious homes offers a dream escape for any guest”
way a stress-free experience. To make a stay truly memorable we can assist with organising a selection of luxurious touches, from a private chef experience in the comfort of your retreat to arranging a surprise welcome hamper or unique ways to celebrate during your stay – whatever the occasion.
Embark on a far-flung adventure to the wilds of Skye, settle down fireside in a charming Cotswold cottage or storm watch from the cosy embrace of a rustic Cornish dwelling – wherever your travel dreams take you, uncover the luxury of a Boutique escape…
We know how good getaways should be. boutique-retreats.co.uk
Tasmania:
Where Luxury Meets the Wild
In a world where luxury often comes with crowds, queues, and waiting lists, Tasmania offers something refreshingly different.
This island state, just a short hop from mainland Australia, delivers world-class indulgence with a side of serenity. Tasmania is a place apart. It’s premium without pretension, private yet welcoming, and grounded in a deep sense of place. Here, luxury isn’t about excess—it’s about excellence, authenticity, and connection. From the moment you arrive, you’re immersed in a landscape that elevates every experience: cool-temperate rainforests, alpine plateaus, white-sand beaches, and sea cliffs that rise like sculptures from the Southern Ocean.
Across the island, luxury lodges and boutique retreats blend seamlessly into their surroundings. Think personal chefs at exclusive island hideaways, eco-resorts perched on the water’s edge, and heritage-listed hotels in the heart of Hobart or Launceston. Nearly half of Tasmania is protected wilderness, and the experiences on offer—whether forest bathing in ancient rainforest, soaking in a floating sauna, or chasing the Southern Lights— are designed to immerse you in nature without sacrificing comfort.
Tasmania’s culinary scene is equally extraordinary. Launceston, a UNESCO City of Gastronomy, leads the charge with award-winning chefs crafting fine cuisine from hyper-local produce. The island’s compact size means you can sample its gourmet bounty—truffles, grass-fed beef, oysters, abalone, and more—without racking up the road miles. Tasmania’s whisky, wine, cider, and beer are world-renowned, with accolades like the World Whisky Awards 2025 and global recognition for its sparkling wine.
Adventure here is effortless. Whether fly-fishing in crystal-clear streams, teeing off on top-ranked golf courses, or joining a luxury walking or mountain biking tour, Tasmania turns passions into unforgettable moments.
With some of the freshest air on Earth— scientifically verified at Kennaook / Cape Grim— Tasmania invites you to breathe deeply, indulge fully, and discover a version of luxury that’s as rare as it is real.
discovertasmania.com.au
LIFE SCHOOL
INDEPENDENT
SCHOOLS GUIDE • AUGUST 2025
St Dunstan’s College’s Danny Gower says LIONESSES HAVE CAPTURED HEART OF THE NATION
St Dunstan’s College’s Danny Gower has praised the Lionesses’ victory at this year’s Euros saying they have once again captured the hearts of the nation.
Following their win over Spain, St Dunstan’s Assistant Head, Cocurricular, Danny, said: ‘The Lionesses unforgettable victory over Spain to finish off what has been a remarkable run of performances showing tremendous grit and determination, has once again captured the heart of the nation.
‘This group continue to inspire the next generation—not only with their performances, but with their togetherness, collective belief and joy in the game. They’ve shown what’s possible, and
the future of the girls game in the UK is such an exciting one.’
Speaking about what it now means for girls’ sport, he added: ‘Girls’ football is now one of the most dynamic and exciting areas of school sport. We’re seeing unprecedented levels of participation, enthusiasm and ambition—and it’s only just beginning. The energy surrounding the women’s game is creating lasting change, and schools are playing a vital role in that transformation.’
Last year, St Dunstan’s College announced a groundbreaking partnership with Chelsea FC to widen sporting access and opportunities to young people in Lewisham. As part of the partnership, St Dunstan’s hosts regular tournaments for
young people at its sporting grounds, the Jubilee Grounds, in the heart of Catford. The initiative forms a key part of the College’s ongoing commitment to social impact and inclusion, ensuring more young people have the chance to benefit from high-quality sporting experiences and the values they promote.
‘At St Dunstan’s, we’re proud to be part of this incredible movement. Our partnership with Chelsea gives pupils and our wider community access to expert coaching and clear development pathways,’ says Danny. ‘Hosting regular tournaments for local primary schools that help the next generation of players discover the joy of the game has been a real highlight of the year.’
Danny added: ‘The momentum is real. The opportunities are growing. And with the Lionesses continuing to be such a source of inspiration, we look forward to seeing the impact this performance has on football and girls sport in general in the coming years.’
Speaking at the time, St Dunstan’s Education Group’s CEO, Nick Hewlett said: ‘We are delighted to announce this new partnership with Chelsea FC Foundation. Sport at St Dunstan’s has been on an incredible journey in recent years, and this is the next exciting chapter in our history.
‘We are passionate about our local community, and I am particularly pleased that this new partnership will not only benefit our pupils, but young people across the whole borough. It really does have the potential to transform football across south-east London.’
Last month, St Dunstan’s College, located in Catford, was pleased to be recognised by the Education Choices Awards for its commitment to Diversity in Sport for a second year running. At St Dunstan’s, sport is a vital part of the broader educational experience, and the College continues to champion a diverse programme that encourages participation, nurtures talent, and fosters a culture of respect and belonging.
THE DETAILS
Find out more about St Dunstan’s award-winning sport programme and partnership with Chelsea FC at their upcoming Open Day on Saturday 20 September 2025. Book at stdunstans.org.uk
Rosemead Preparatory School and Nursery celebrates recent win at Tes Schools Awards 2025
This summer, Rosemead Preparatory School and Nursery was delighted to be named as Independent Prep School of the Year at the Tes Schools Awards 2025.
The prestigious awards, often referred to as the Oscars of education, celebrate the most outstanding schools and teachers across the UK’s state and independent sectors, recognising excellence from early years through to secondary education.
The glittering awards ceremony took place on Friday 20 June at the Grosvenor Hotel, Park Lane, London, where Rosemead was honoured alongside other exceptional schools and educators.
The judging panel, made up of leading figures from across the education sector, praised Rosemead for its personalised approach, vibrant community and holistic educational offering.
In February 2023, Rosemead joined the St Dunstan’s Education Group, a move that has helped strengthen the school’s vision and strategic development.
Speaking about the Tes Award, Nick Hewlett, CEO of the Group, said: ‘This is a phenomenal achievement for Rosemead and richly deserved. The school has been on an extraordinary journey, and I pay huge tribute to the entire leadership team who have transformed this school. It has been a joy to welcome Rosemead into the Group.
‘The Good Schools Guide was absolutely right to call Rosemead the “one to watch” in south
“The glittering awards ceremony took place on Friday 20 June at the Grosvenor Hotel, Park Lane, London”
London – and now the Tes Schools Awards have confirmed it.’
This latest recognition builds on a series of recent successes. In the last academic year, Rosemead won two prestigious awards – for Excellence and Innovation in Equality, Diversity and Inclusion at the Independent Schools Association (ISA) Awards, and Best EDIB (Equality, Diversity, Inclusion and Belonging) at the Education Choices Awards 2024. Following the Tes win, Rosemead has also been shortlisted for Independent School of the Year for Diversity, Equality, Inclusion and Justice (DEIJ) at Independent Schools of the Year Awards which take place in October.
Rosemead was also one of the first prep schools in the country to receive a significant strength in its most recent ISI inspection.
The inspection, which was carried out in November 2023, praised Rosemead’s academic approach to learning, pastoral care and support and the positive influence of the school’s values, vision, and leadership.
‘A highly customised approach to every pupil’s academic progress is a significant strength of the school,’ the report explained. ‘A customised learning programme in mathematics, English and reasoning caters for pupils in Year 4 and above. This, supported by an extensive enrichment programme and much support for individuals, impacts on all groups of pupils, enabling them to make good and often rapid progress over time.’
Rosemead’s early years’ provision was also praised in the summary findings. ‘Leaders in the early years effectively ensure staff have high expectations of the behaviour and achievement of children,’ the report found. ‘The positive relationships between adults and children in the
OPEN MORNING
Prospective families will have the opportunity to meet the leadership team, current staff and students, and learn more about the award-winning education at Rosemead at their upcoming open morning on Saturday 4 October 2025. Book at rosemeadprep.org.uk
early years help children settle in quickly and feel safe and happy.’
It added: ‘Children in the early years achieve well from their varied starting points. Adults engage with the children effectively and use appropriate questioning to develop children’s vocabulary and understanding. Children from an early age become confident speakers and develop their reading skills well.’
Alongside the academic excellence, the report praised the ‘positive’ Roots of Rosemead, which are the school’s values system.
‘The curriculum and communication of school values, known as the ‘Roots of Rosemead’ encourage respect and strengthen pupils’ appreciation of the diversity of the school and wider community.
‘The consistent promotion of these values helps develop pupils’ moral understanding.’
An Education Designed Around the Individual
Success doesn’t look the same for every child… and at Clayesmore, that’s the point.
Set in the heart of Dorset, Clayesmore has spent over 130 years helping young people uncover what success means to them.
Academic excellence is just one part of a wider educational journey that supports personal growth, confidence, and self-belief. This is a school where every person is known – not just by name, but for who they are. Teachers take time to understand each child’s strengths, challenges and aspirations, creating an environment where individuals are seen, supported and encouraged to thrive.
The journey begins in the Prep School, where a structured and nurturing setting gives younger individuals a strong foundation. Early access to specialist teaching in subjects like art, music, languages and sport sets the tone for a rich and balanced education.
As they move into the Senior School, they encounter a curriculum that challenges and inspires. From the creative arts and sciences to sport and outdoor education, there’s space for every individual to shine. The LEX enrichment programme and Duke of Edinburgh’s Award offer meaningful opportunities to stretch beyond the classroom, helping young people build resilience, leadership and independence.
THE DETAILS
Join them for their Open Day on Saturday 20 September and discover what makes Clayesmore unique
Register now via the QR code.
Learn more about this happy school: clayesmore.com
In the Sixth Form, students choose from a broad selection of A-levels and BTECs, taught in small groups with expert guidance. The end result? Strong exam outcomes, alongside confident, grounded young adults ready to take their next step. Individual success starts with individual attention, and at Clayesmore, exceptional pastoral care sits at the heart of everything we do.
As one parent shared: “Our daughter arrived reserved and unsure. Two years later, she left with top results, her first-choice university place, a renewed self-confidence, and friendships that will last a lifetime.”
Set on an expansive and picturesque campus, Clayesmore provides pupils with access to outstanding facilities – including a 25m swimming pool, astro pitches, a state-of-the-art gym, and purpose-built laboratories and creative studios. This is a school designed to inspire exploration, giving every individual the space, support and encouragement to discover who they are and all they can become.
If you’re looking for more than results – for a school that recognises your child’s unique potential – Clayesmore is where they thrive.
Football at Millfield
Millfield School is Europe’s leading independent school for sport, having been named Best Sports School in the UK for 11 out of 12 years.
Football is the school’s highest participation sport with more than 300 boys and girls playing across all three school terms. Millfield’s football programme offers provision in coaching, facilities and competition on par with professional club football academies.
The programme is delivered by 12 UEFA A or B licensed coaches, the equivalent to an English Football League Championship Academy and unparalleled facilities include 11 pitches and an equivalent Premier League Category Two standard First Team Pitch.
A competitive competition calendar, including national tournaments and fixtures with professional academies, provides students with appropriate opportunities and experience to develop. Millfield’s Boy’s First Team won the U18 English Schools Football Association (ESFA) Cup Final at Stoke City FC in May 2025, triumphing over 350 state and independent school teams.
Fixtures are attended regularly by scouts from Manchester City, Arsenal, Chelsea, Newcastle United and Aston Villa.
Staff have vast experience in giving students limitless sporting opportunities without compromising their academic progress. Students do not have to choose one or the other. The school has an envious track record of providing players with pathways into higher levels of football. Recent leavers have been awarded professional contracts at Premier League and Women’s Super League clubs and numerous students gain places with USA universities at
NCAA D1, D2 and D3 programmes as well as places at Russell Group universities.
Football alumni include Aston Villa (Captain) and England player Tyrone Mings, former Brentford player Romeo Beckham, Bristol City goalkeeper Max O’Leary and Bristol City Women’s player Maya Kendell.
“The football and sport side of Millfield was great; it allowed me to develop away from the pressures of a professional club, so I was able to grow as a person and as a player.” – OM Tyrone Mings
Millfield’s new football brochure and film have recently launched. Find out more at our next Open Day on Saturday 4 October. Book here: millfieldschool.com/open-days
“The football and sport side of Millfield was great; it allowed me to develop away from the pressures of a professional club, so I was able to grow as a person and as a player”
– OM Tyrone Mings
WEEKLY BOARDING AT ELLESMERE COLLEGE: The Smart Choice for Modern Families
For many London families, the idea of boarding school conjures images of distant dormitories and long separations, but Ellesmere College in Shropshire is redefining that narrative with a flexible, family-friendly model; Weekly Boarding.
Set in 150 acres of peaceful countryside, Ellesmere offers a boarding experience that’s structured, enriching, and—crucially—balanced.
Pupils stay at school during the week, fully immersed in academic and co-curricular life and return home for weekends. It’s a model that’s gaining traction among parents who want their children to benefit from the independence and opportunity of boarding, without losing regular family time.
What Makes Weekly Boarding So Appealing?
Weekly Boarding is a bridge between day school and full boarding. It provides pupils with a consistent routine, access to evening activities and the chance to build strong friendships in a supportive environment. For parents, it’s a practical solution—no daily school run, no need for babysitters or nannies and peace of mind knowing their child is safe, engaged and thriving.
Ellesmere is especially flexible. If a pupil usually weekly boards but wants to stay for a weekend fixture, concert, or activity, the College accommodates it. This adaptability makes weekly boarding ideal for families with busy schedules or children involved in demanding co-curricular programmes.
A Day in the Life of a Weekly Boarder
From Monday to Friday, Weekly Boarders at Ellesmere enjoy a full and vibrant school life. Mornings begin with breakfast in the main dining hall with friends, followed by a full academic day. Afternoons and evenings are packed with sports, music, drama, debating and even twilight catch-up lessons. After dinner, pupils relax with friends, take part in house activities, or prepare for the next day. Then, come Friday evening, if not involved in sporting fixtures, they head home—bringing with them stories of achievement, new skills and growing independence.
“It
provides pupils with a consistent routine, access to evening activities and the chance to build strong friendships in a supportive environment”
Academic Excellence in a Structured Setting Ellesmere offers a wide range of academic pathways, including GCSE’s, A-levels, BTECs and the International Baccalaureate (IB). The College is one of only 39 schools worldwide to hold the prestigious HPL World Class School Accreditation, reflecting its commitment to high performance learning.
Small class sizes and personalised support ensure that every pupil is challenged and encouraged. Weekly Boarding enhances this experience by giving pupils the time and space to focus, free from the distractions of commuting or inconsistent routines.
Soft Skills and Social Growth Boarding life at Ellesmere is designed to build more than just academic success, it build skills for life. Pupils learn to manage their time, take responsibility and work collaboratively. They take on roles of leadership within their houses, participate in team sports and engage in community service.
As one parent shared, “Weekly boarding gave our daughter the structure she needed to thrive. She’s more confident, more independent—and we still get to see her every weekend.”
Closer Than You Think
Despite its rural charm, Ellesmere is easily accessible from London. With direct transport links and dedicated school buses, Weekly Boarding
“Boarding life at Ellesmere is designed to build more than just academic success, it build skills for life”
is a realistic option for families across the capital.
Why Weekly Boarding at Ellesmere Works Flexibility: Pupils board during the week and return home for weekends.
• Structure: A consistent routine supports academic focus and personal growth.
• Support: Exceptional pastoral care ensures every child feels safe and valued.
• Opportunity: Access to a wide range of cocurricular activities and leadership roles.
• Balance: Pupils gain independence while staying closely connected to home.
DISCOVER MORE
Weekly Boarding at Ellesmere College isn’t just a compromise – it’s a smart, modern solution that works for pupils and families alike. It offers the richness of boarding life with the comfort of regular family time. For London parents seeking a balanced, high-quality education, Ellesmere is closer than you think.
Ellesmere College Open Day Saturday October 11th 10am to 1pm
Visit ellesmere.com to learn more or arrange a visit.
Visit us at Felsted School!
Felsted was named ‘Boarding School of the Year’ by the prestigious Times Educational Supplement in 2023 and it’s easy to see why. Not only does the school campus present 90 acres for children to explore but this is the setting for an education that is exciting and inspiring.
Felsted School is a wonderful environment for children aged four to 18 to learn, grow and develop their characters, interests and talents. When the Independent Schools Inspectorate visited in December 2023, they were particularly impressed by Felsted’s curriculum, which they described as ‘well-designed, broad and balanced’, and the ‘effective’ teaching.
Teaching at Felsted is informed by the latest research in children’s learning. The youngest really engage with their education and are taught to become independent learners from the start, while older pupils have the choice of a huge range of subjects to study at GCSE and A Level, alongside the rigorous International Baccalaureate Diploma programme.
Pupils at Felsted discover their talents and life-long interests. Inspiring facilities and teachers spark their passion for art, drama and music and all sorts of adventurous activities. Sport at Felsted is for all levels and abilities, with our most committed pupils joining elite pathways benefiting from high-level coaching and support. Boarding is extremely popular too. In fact, three-quarters of Felsted’s senior students (age 13 and up) stay for three nights a week or more
We look forward to welcoming you and your family to Felsted! felsted.org
in homely on-site boarding houses. Students develop independence and forge life-long friendships.
Why not visit us at Felsted? We host open days and taster sessions – just visit felsted.org/ opendays to register or take a virtual tour of the campus before you come along in person.
Our helpful Admissions Team is waiting to tell you more about Felsted. They will talk you through the admissions process, whether your child may be joining at age 4, 7, 11, 13 or 16, or in any year group where spaces allow. Call us on 01371 822605, email admissions@felsted.org or visit felsted.org/opendays.
ACTION-PACKED DAYS AT ELTHAM COLLEGE
Eltham College life is always packed with excitement, and both Junior and Senior school pupils certainly rounded off the summer with plenty of action.
Summer months give the Junior school (ages 7 to 11) the perfect opportunity to make use of the shared 70-acre grounds. Year 3 pupils enjoyed a charming petit déjeuner picnic, placing their breakfast orders in French before playing boules under the morning sun. Sports also profit from shared facilities and expertise: the U11 boys’ hockey team made school history, taking first place in the London Regional finals with a 100% winning record, while U11 girls came third. Talented players in both teams enjoyed the further challenge of training with Year 7 at the Senior school – a key benefit of this family-focused, allthrough independent school.
Similarly, Year 6 students took part in a creative workshop, led by the artist-in-residence of the College’s Gerald Moore Gallery, as part of their seamless transition (without examination) through to the Senior school; Year 6 student Yueci was pivotal to the Senior chess team who, as Kent champions, competed in the English National finals.
The pace of activity and success only picks up in the Senior school. Year 7 teams stole the
show in athletics, the girls winning June’s district championships by thirty points, while just two pipped the boys into second. Eltham girls took all three U12 podium places in the Kent County fencing championships, U15 boys’ cricketers won the London Ingham Cup final, and the U14 skiing team took bronze in the National Indoor Championships; Eltham students also graced national squads in netball, hockey, athletics and swimming.
In drama, summer term brought Treasure Island, The Hound of the Baskervilles, and The Comedy of Errors to the stage, while August takes a combined Eltham and Thomas More production to the Camden Fringe. Four Eltham pupils have secured places in the National Youth Theatre, while two were offered places at the esteemed Rose Bruford College.
Music – at Eltham’s heart – rounded off the term with an outstanding programme of outdoor concerts, from rock and jazz bands to a full symphony orchestra, as well as triple internationalprize-wins for its U14 string quartet.
Though offering a breadth of co-curricular opportunity, Eltham remains focused on the academic results which underpin future choice and success. Last year, 91% of A Level grades were A*/A/B; at GCSE, two-thirds were 8/9, equivalent to A* under the previous system. The school now awaits, with bated breath, 2025 GCSE and A Level results.
THE DETAILS
To find out more about life at Eltham, join the school’s Open Day Saturday 13 September, 10am-1pm. Book at eltham-college.org.uk. admissions@eltham-college.org.uk 020 8857 1455
Fulham
020 7386 0006 or Shepherds Bush
020 8749 2877 or Hampton
0208 941 7666
BABIES & KIDS
SUMMER STYLE
DOG DAYS
Bring your favourite four-legged friend to life, one brick at a time. This detailed kit includes everything you need to build a mini sausage dog - and a new friend while you’re at it! rexlondon.com
Our Celine dress (left) is now available in this stunning vintage floral baby corduroy. With a tie back fastening it allows for easy adjustment for all different sizes. Florence, the most stunning pair of girls vintage dungarees (right).Handmade with organic baby corduroy. The Florence dungarees are designed to loved and lived in. Even for the most adventurous explorers. With adjustable fastening and elasticated waist, they will continue to fit for months and months. Then passed on and down for others to enjoy. freya-lillie.com
CREATIVE KIDS
Preserving flowers by pressing is an age-old art, and this hand-crafted, wooden flower press enables a simple way for children to enjoy this absorbing and mindful activity, whilst preserving natural beauty for use in craft projects and study. thedenkitco.com
SNUG AS A BUG
This blanket is double-sided and as a result is fully reversible, in effect, giving you two blankets in one. You will find the same design in an inverted colour scheme on the reverse side. jjtextile.co.uk
SOUNDS FISHY
Djeco’s Sardines is a beautifully illustrated, fun card game. Each card represents 7 sardines in a tin, all dressed differently. The players have a few seconds to memorise the sardines before the card is turned down. The 5 cards placed in front of the player are then turned over. If the player recognises some sardines dressed in the same way than the one in his box, they win the card. The player with the most cards wins. djeco.com
The Joy of British Summer:
Jellycat Fish & Chips London Experience at Selfridges
Following the globally viral sensation of the New York Jellycat Diner, the luxury soft toy brand will unveil a British fish & chip shop-inspired immersive experience at Selfridges, London. Jellycat fans the
world over will rejoice as the experience will feature globally exclusive characters and merchandise – only available at the Jellycat Fish & Chips London experience. Beloved luxury soft toy brand, Jellycat, is thrilled to announce a globally exclusive experience in the heart of London, at Selfridges London. Commemorating 25 years of spreading joy worldwide, Jellycat’s innovative experience promises an immersive celebration of British summer, with joyful new and exclusive characters.
Opening its doors on Monday 15th July, the Jellycat Fish & Chips London van, located in the Toy Shop in Selfridges London on the fourth floor, promises a nostalgic journey through the quintessential British experience. Drawing inspiration from the iconic tradition, the Fish & Chip van itself will feature charming retro details, all in the brand’s signature Jellycat blue. The van’s serving counter invites guests to step up and place their orders with a team
of friendly staff members ready to assist, and all dressed in dedicated Jellycat uniforms.
Visitors can discover a range of exclusive Jellycat characters, available at Selfridges for a limited time only. Jellycat fans eagerly anticipate new product releases, and the exclusivity of these products is sure to generate hype and make them a must-have for any collector.
A trio of extra-special new characters will be available to buy as part of the brand’s full Fish & Chips London experience. These items are available to purchase in-store only at the Jellycat Fish & Chips van, and will be beautifully presented wrapped in nostalgic packaging, with a Jellycat twist:
A chippy tea is never complete without all the trimmings! Additional fish & chip-themed Jellycat characters are available to buy off the shelfexclusively at Selfridges London:
• Charlie Chip: A charming chap with a big heart and a flat cap, bringing a touch of British flair to the party.
• Clemont Lemon: A zesty lemon wedge bursting with citrusy charisma.
• Vinny Vinegar: A tangy bottle of vinegar, always ready to add flavour to the fun.
• Lily Fish: A battered cod with a sweet smile and cute tail, sure to be the best catch of the day.
• Cosy Chips: A cuddly portion of chirpy chips wrapped in newspaper; the finest in London!
• Dot and Peg Mushy Peas: A duo of fluffy peas, inseparable pals embodying the spirit of friendship.
With every order of Lily Fish, Cosy Chips and Dot and Peg Mushy Peas fans will receive exclusive merchandise packs containing enamel pins, and sticker sheets featuring the new characters.
The Jellycat Fish & Chips London logo, adorns every purchase which will be elegantly presented in an exclusive gift bag with newspaper wrapping. Adding to the excitement, the newspaper print features Jellycat news stories and a real interactive crossword puzzle, ensuring a fun surprise with every purchase. Customised stickers, personalised with fans’ names, add the finishing touch to the experience.
• Salty Steve: A seasoned character with a heart of gold and a love for the sea.
Visitors will also have the chance to capture unforgettable memories with Timmy Turtle, stationed behind the wheel of the van, ready to pose for photos and spread cheer with his unique brand of grumpy charm. Additionally, one of Jellycat’s new and exclusive characters: Charlie Chip will be standing by in a supersized form, ready for his close up!
The Jellycat’s Fish & Chips experience at Selfridges promises to be a must-visit destination for families, collectors, and fans alike. Prepare to embark on an unforgettable adventure filled with joy and endless cuddles. Order up!
“Charlie Chip: A charming chap with a big heart and a flat cap, bringing a touch of British flair to the party”
One Giant Sleep for Babykind
A light bulb moment from a sleep deprived dad was the start of the journey. 10 years later Rockit have helped nearly a million babies to sleep worldwide.
HOW IT ALL STARTED
Back in 2015 Rockit co-founder Dr. Nick Webb’s daughter Abby refused to sleep in her pram unless it was being wheeled along. One night, in desperation Nick got up and took an old printer apart, salvaged the motor and soldered together a circuit. The resulting prototype was then attached to Abby’s pram and the very next day she remained asleep even when she wasn’t being wheeled along. Nick had noticed how other parents were experiencing the same problem and set about developing and refining the product with his co-founder Matt Dyson. Over the next year they turned the prototype into the Rockit, a rocket shaped portable baby rocker that could be attached to any pram or stroller.
Rockit Rocker was launched in 2017 and within a few months it was stocked by John Lewis, Argos and Mamas and Papas as well as over 130 independent retailers all over the country. Fast forward to 2025 and Rockit is now exporting to over 40 countries around the world.
Rockit Rocker has gone on to win numerous
awards including Gold for ‘Best Tech Product’ at the recently announced Made for Mums Tech Awards and a prestigious Good Housekeeping Institute Approved endorsement. In 2022 they visited Buckingham Palace to celebrate winning two Queen’s Awards for Enterprise.
ROCKIT ARE TRUE INNOVATORS
Their second product is called ‘Zed’, an astronaut shaped sleep aid that incorporates patented vibration technology that sends babies to sleep just like the car. The finely tuned vibrations ripple gently through any mattress, encouraging a deep sleep.
More recently they launched ‘Wooshh’, the small but mighty sound soother which measures a mere 6cm tall! Wooshh has 8 calming sounds, 4 volume levels and is USB rechargeable, making it ideal for travel. It even includes a sound recorded in space! (Used with kind permission of NASA). All of these products were designed by the Rockit team, here in the UK.
Find out more at rockitrocker.com
MOKEE: Sustainable Nursery Furniture for Safe Sleep
Choosing the right nursery furniture is one of the most important decisions for new parents. At Mokee, we’ve spent 12 years perfecting simple, safe and sustainable baby furniture that makes parenting a little easier. Our Scandinavian-inspired designs are loved across the UK and Europe, and we’ve recently expanded to bring our quality furniture to the Middle East too.
The heart of our collection are our awardwinning cot beds, crafted in Europe from solid beechwood with no chemicals or harmful finishes. Available in two sizes and five colors, they easily convert to toddler beds, growing with your child from newborn through to their preschool years. Every cot bed comes with a 3-year guarantee and free delivery for complete peace of mind.
For a completely natural sleep space, our untreated beech cot bed pairs perfectly with our natural mattress. Made from 100% natural materials including coconut and wool, it is naturally breathable, hypoallergenic and temperature regulating.
We make things easier with our cot bed bundles, offering smart combinations that help you save while getting everything you need. Choose the perfect bundle to suit your family’s needs and budget.
For newborns, our NEW IN Newborn Crib (90x40cm) provides the perfect first sleep space. Made from the same solid natural beechwood as our cot beds, it’s ideal from birth up to 8 months, giving your baby a safe and natural place to rest during those important early months.
At Mokee, we believe nursery furniture should be safe, simple and built to last. No complicated designs or toxic materials - just quality materials, thoughtful features and honest prices.
Shop now for up to 25% off and free delivery. mokee.co.uk
“The heart of our collection are our award-winning cot beds, crafted in Europe from solid beechwood with no chemicals or harmful finishes”
HOW MUSIC HELPED MY BABY FIND HIS VOICE
“When my son Jack was six months old, he was a quiet observer - bright-eyed and curious, but happiest in familiar surroundings. New places, loud noises or unfamiliar faces would make him pull back, as if the world felt too big. I wanted to help him grow in confidence, gently and joyfully — without pushing him before he was ready.
Then a friend told me about Mini Mozart.
We went to a trial class with open minds and no expectations, just hoping Jack might enjoy something new. What happened amazed me. As the pianist played the first note, Jack froze — not from fear, but awe. His eyes locked on the music, his body stilled, and then, slowly, he began to bounce. His face lit up. It was as if something inside him had come alive.
Mini Mozart isn’t just another baby class. It’s a magical blend of live music, storytelling, and sensory play — crafted by classically trained musicians who understand how little ones learn best. Each session is thoughtfully paced to engage without overwhelming, and babies are active participants. They shake maracas, follow rhythms, and feel the music in their whole bodies.
“Mini
Mozart isn’t just another baby class. It’s a magical blend of live music, storytelling, and sensory play “
Over the weeks, Jack began to bloom. He started vocalising more, copying sounds from class, and reaching for instruments with purpose. At home, something beautiful unfolded — he became more expressive, clapping to songs, babbling with rhythm, and connecting more with the world around him.
As parents, we often wonder what’s going on behind those wide eyes. But in the first five years of life, a baby’s brain is making over a million new neural connections every second. And live, interactive music lights up so many parts of the brain: supporting language, memory, movement, emotion, and confidence.
For us, Mini Mozart became more than a lovely outing. It was the start of Jack’s journey into selfexpression and joy. There’s nothing like realising that, through sound, they’ve found a way to share their inner world.”
If you’re curious where music might take your little one, find your local class here: minimozart.com
PurerMama: Elevating Pregnancy and Postnatal Care with Award-Winning Products
Did you know that your pregnancy and postnatal journey can be supported by natural, science-backed products designed with both you and your baby in mind?
PurerMama, an award-winning brand founded by three passionate healthcare professionals, has made it their mission to provide exceptional wellness solutions for mothers and babies. With a focus on clean ingredients and sustainability, they
offer products that not only support your health but also contribute to a healthier planet. One of their standout products, the Essence Capsule, has been recognized for its scientificallybacked formulation that ensures both mother and baby get the vital nutrients they need during pregnancy. Rich in choline, which is crucial for your baby’s brain development, the Essence Capsule is a must-have for expectant mothers. It’s not just about filling nutritional gaps—it’s about
giving your child the best start in life. Choline plays a key role in preventing cognitive delays and ensuring the development of healthy, robust cells.
PurerMama also offers a luxurious range of oils and creams, with their Nourish Butter and Stretch Oil specifically designed to support mothers in the challenging, yet exciting, process of growing life. These nourishing blends, including avocado oil and shea butter, help to improve skin elasticity, reduce the appearance of stretch marks, and soothe the body through its many changes. These oils are as much about self-care as they are about physical well-being.
For postnatal care, PurerMama’s Postnatal Glow Collagen is a standout. This award-winning formula is packed with ingredients that work to support skin elasticity, joints, and overall recovery, helping mothers feel revitalised and glowing after childbirth. It’s a perfect complement to their Baby Butter and Baby Oil range, which is gentle enough for newborns and provides a soothing touch to delicate skin. These products are crafted to support the skin’s microbiome and provide essential hydration, ensuring your little one enjoys the softest, healthiest skin from day one.
PurerMama has received multiple prestigious awards, including the LuxLife Best Brand for Parent and Baby Award in 2025 and several accolades at the Natural Skincare Awards 2025. These recognitions highlight the brand’s dedication to clean, effective formulations that prioritize the health and well-being of both mothers and babies.
Sustainability is at the heart of PurerMama’s ethos. The brand uses Miron glass packaging to preserve product potency while eliminating the need for plastic. With no harsh chemicals and a commitment to clean beauty, PurerMama is paving the way for conscious, eco-friendly parenting.
Passionate about women’s health and wellness, the founders of PurerMama have put their medical expertise and love for natural healing into every
“I’ve been taking the superfood collagen for a month now and I am noticing an increase in energy and a dry patch on my skin that I couldn’t repair with any creams – or Manuka honey – seems to be getting better. I’m about to order my next batch.
– Anna D
product. It’s this dedication that has earned them recognition and trust from parents and healthcare professionals alike.
If you’re looking for premium, clean products that support your pregnancy and postnatal health, visit PurerMama’s website and explore the full range of their award-winning offerings. Give yourself and your baby the best with PurerMama, where health, beauty, and sustainability meet.
Shop now at bepurer.com
Follow us on Instagram for recipes and advice @purermama
WHY WOULD I WANT AN IV DRIP?
In today’s fast-paced world, it’s no wonder more people are seeking fast, effective ways to boost their health and wellbeing. Whether it’s fatigue, dehydration, jet lag, or nutritional deficiencies like low iron or B12, IV drips are rapidly becoming the go-to wellness solution — and Effect Doctors is leading the way in London.
But why choose an IV drip over oral supplements? The answer lies in bioavailability. Oral supplements must pass through the digestive system, which can limit how much your body actually absorbs. IV therapy, on the other hand, delivers vitamins, minerals, and fluids directly into your bloodstream, allowing for near-complete absorption and faster, more noticeable results. This is especially important for individuals with digestive issues or chronic fatigue, where optimal nutrient uptake is essential.
Effect Doctors sees clients seeking relief from a wide range of symptoms — everything from hangovers and migraines to burnout, poor sleep, and weakened immunity. Many clients also come to address specific deficiencies, such as iron or vitamin D. Iron deficiency, for example, can lead to persistent tiredness, breathlessness, and brain fog, which are often quickly improved with a tailored IV infusion. Others look for skin-brightening drips or immune-boosting blends rich in vitamin C, zinc, and glutathione.
What sets Effect Doctors apart is our clinical experience. Founded by experienced NHS anaesthetists, every appointment includes a full consultation with a GMC-registered doctor, ensuring your treatment is both safe and completely personalised. Our nurses are highly trained, friendly, and professional, guiding you through every step of the process in our discreet, comfortable clinics. Our Central London location is easily accessible, and we’re thrilled to announce a brand-new clinic opening later this summer in Westfield White City — bringing cutting-edge wellness to West London in an even more convenient setting. Prefer the comfort of your home or hotel? No problem. Our mobile team brings the full clinic experience directly to you, with the same premium service and medical oversight. Seven days a week with appointments available every day.
With an extensive range of carefully formulated IV ingredients — from amino acids and B vitamins to NAD+, magnesium, biotin, and more — we design each drip to suit your body’s exact needs. Whether you’re recovering from illness, training hard, managing a long-term condition, or simply striving to feel your best, we’re here to help you achieve optimal health, quickly and safely.
To learn more or book your appointment, visit www.effectdoctors.com. Feel better, faster — with Effect Doctors.
Effect Doctors | Harley Street & Nationwide
To book your consultation or learn more, visit effectdoctors.com or call 020 7305 7608.
KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING
Since 2017 Effect Doctors have been delivering personalised, proactive healthcare solutions across London. Founded by two Consultant Anaesthetists and supported by a team of highly experienced nurses, Effect Doctors is one of the best known providers of IV (intravenous) therapies in London. Our focus is on delivering innovative and effective treatments for the individual.
Tailored healthcare designed to enhance your vitality and well being. Book us to come to your home, hotel or workplace, or visit us at our clinic in London’s Soho. Seven days a week and every evening, we always have appointments available on the day.
THE PRESSURES OF MODERN LIFE
When does Stress become an Illness?
In the second of our regular features from The London General Practice, DR RAI discusses the effects of stress on the body and how this can become a problematic condition.
We all know the feeling, be it at work or at home; there’s just not enough time, and too much to do. Demanding deadlines in an unforgiving world where we’re always contactable and everyone expects an immediate response.
Stress affects us all; a little pressure can be good, making us more alert and responsive, but too much leads to declining performance, fatigue and potentially an inability to function.
Dr Rai who specialises in Anxiety and Stress Management at The London General Practice presents regularly on the topic to individuals, corporations and businesses.
“In some respects stress and anxiety are subjective measures and the outcome is dependent on several factors including the subjects own personal resilience. However, what we do know is that there are strong physiological links between stress, anxiety, and an individual’s ability to function correctly.
It’s important to realise that there are direct links between stress (which can feel like an intangible concept) and our medical health and wellbeing, resulting in real discernible changes to how we perform.
We also know that there are several factors which may make a person more susceptible to becoming severely impacted by stress or anxiety. These include their lifestyle, sleep patterns, alcohol, workload, underlying physical health as well as genetic or hereditary pre-dispositions.
Through our work with patients and organisations we provide consultations including screens for underlying medical issues, as well as give practical advice on relaxation, exercise, nutrition and sleep. There are also medical interventions which can be appropriate in some
instances.”
Dr Rai also advocates thinking of our personal ‘resilience’ as a fixed resource. We may feel that the best way to deal with a stressful day is to hit the gym, or go for a run – ‘burning off the tensions of the day’. However if our reserves are already depleted as a result of prolonged stress then moderate or light exercise may be more beneficial, aiding recovery and guarding against further illness or injury.
Whilst this is a complex area there is a lot that can be done to help identify the issues and proactively implement changes in order to reduce the consequences of stress.
The London General Practice provides a wide range of Private Medical Services including helping individuals and organisations understand and deal with stress. If you would like to contact the Practice please telephone 020 7935 1000
THE DETAILS
The London General Practice 114a Harley Street, London W1G 7JL
Tel: 0207 935 1000
OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK
Private GP services thelondongeneralpractice.com
Occupational Health and Corporate Health Services
DR ANGELA RAI, GP
MBBS, BSc, MRCGP, DCH, DRCOG, Dip Cardiology Medicines Management Lead
THE FERTILITY CENTRE
Formerly the Assisted Conception Unit, The Fertility Centre is a longstanding centre of excellence for fertility treatment and care at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital. In 2021 they enlarged the Centre with a new satellite service at West Middlesex University Hospital, extending patient care and convenient access across West London.
The Centre provides a broad and comprehensive range of fertility services to their patients –including IVF, ICSI and IUI – but their areas of particular expertise, include the management of women and couples over the age of 40, premature ovarian ageing or low ovarian reserve, and male or sperm-related infertility issues.
Notwithstanding their expertise in these complex fields, The Fertility Centre continues to perform very well in its success rates. They hold one of the highest clinical pregnancy rates amongst NHS hospitals in the UK (please visit hfea.gov.uk for further information) and welcome NHS-funded patients and those seeking to selffund their care and treatment.
As well as treatment for those trying to conceive now, The Fertility Centre offer services for those who are considering their ability to conceive in the future. Fertility preservation through egg or embryo freezing is becoming increasingly popular and they can provide these services through their dedicated Fertility Preservation programme.
There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility:
• For social reasons
• Preparing to transition
• Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy
• If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts
If you are thinking about your fertility health for future years, they also provide a range of fertility assessments - with packages for individuals as well as couples. Alongside tests and assessments, expert clinicians can explain your results and advise you accordingly.
In addition to their clinical expertise and range of treatment options, The Fertility Centre understands the inevitable stress and anxiety of fertility treatment. They are committed to supporting you every step of the way throughout your treatment. This includes sessions with their British Infertility Counselling Association and UK Council for Psychotherapy accredited counsellors.
THE DETAILS
The Fertility Centre team is always happy to support you and answer any questions. If you want to learn more or are ready to start your fertility journey, please contact them on 020 3315 8585 or email chelwest.acu@nhs.net. chelwestprivatecare.co.uk/ fertility-centre
The Kensington Wing
The Kensington Wing is the dedicated private maternity unit at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, providing women and birthing people with around-the-clock clinical care, comfortable en-suite private rooms and hospitality services.
Located in the heart of Chelsea and Westminster Hospital – part of one of the UK’s top rated hospital Trusts – your baby’s and your safety and wellbeing are reassuringly supported at all times. The Kensington Wing is immediately located next to the hospital’s outstanding and newly expanded Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) and a consultant anaesthetist remains on site at all times 24/7, dedicated to the needs of our patients.
To ensure the safety of women, birthing people and birth partners, The Kensington Wing has important infection control procedures for staff and visitors to adhere to but remain welcoming to your chosen birth partner for all stages of your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay. Your individual room and en-suite facilities are a haven, and the catering and hospitality team ensures your stay is relaxing as well as safe. On the Kensington Wing the consultant obstetricians, midwives, nurses and maternity support workers provide care as a team and are delighted to offer both consultant-led and midwife-led maternity packages.
THE DETAILS
If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk
The Kensington Wing’s highly experienced team of midwives welcome enquiries and the opportunity to discuss midwife-led care in more detail. These ‘meet the midwife’ sessions are always a relaxed and special time to talk and discover more without any obligation. For those women and birthing people who are appropriate for midwife-led care, the team provide full support throughout your pregnancy and the midwifery team are available 24 hours seven days a week for advice or concerns throughout your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay.
The consultant-led care package allows you the choice of one of their experienced consultant obstetricians to personally guide you through your pregnancy and birth. Your consultant provides continuity and individualised expertise throughout your journey. They build a relationship with you and your partner through the antenatal period to give you confidence to birth safely with them in line with your birth preferences. They continue to support you through the postnatal period, including your 6 week postnatal check. All consultants are available to meet you and your birth partner without any obligation.
The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.
URGENT CARE CLINIC IN ST JOHNS WOOD
At St John & St Elizabeth’s they have a Walk-in Urgent Care service which treats minor non-life-threatening injuries and illnesses for adults and children from age one. The Urgent Care Clinic opened back in 2023, where the facility was expanded by three times the original size, providing almost instant access to doctors and diagnostic services. This ensures the best possible service for their patients. Walk-in clinic The Urgent Care Clinic is open Monday to Friday, 8am - 8pm (last appointment at 7pm), and weekends from 8am - 6pm (last appointment at 5pm). There’s no need to book in advance – simply walk in and you’ll be guaranteed prompt, tailored care. Located next door to St John & St Elizabeth Hospital, the Urgent Care Clinic is for all the family, including children aged one and up. The clinic can help with minor injuries or illnesses, including sprains, strains and fractures; cuts, burns and grazes; eye
infections; kidney stones, and stomach bugs. An Initial consultation with a doctor costs £130. The clinic can also provide flu and travel vaccines. If needed, instant referrals can be arranged for tests and scans (including x-rays, ultrasound and MRIs), physiotherapy, and specialist consultations – all under one roof. This means you can access results and treatment without the wait.
Private Paediatrics Department
At St John & St Elizabeth Hospital they also provide paediatric Services that are designed to offer faster access, a calmer environment, and the highest level of personalised support to meet your child’s unique needs. Whether you’re navigating a routine concern or dealing with an unexpected health issue, they are here to provide expert care every step of the way.
CARE WHEN YOU NEED IT MOST
In times of uncertainty, waiting for appointments or diagnostic results can be stressful. At St John & St Elizabeth, they prioritise quick access to care for your child. The Paediatric Outpatient department is designed with your convenience in mind.
• Same-Day Appointments: Offering quick and easy access to appointments at short notice, so you don’t have to wait.
• Calmer Environment for Children and Parents: We know that visits to the hospital can be overwhelming, both for children and their parents. Our dedicated, private reception area helps reduce anxiety, with a comfortable waiting space designed to make you feel at ease.
• Child-Friendly Playroom: The playroom allows your child to play and unwind before their consultation, making their visit feel more like a fun experience than a medical one.
• Paediatric-Focused Facilities: With eight large consulting rooms, a treatment and phlebotomy room, all in one location, your child’s care is streamlined for convenience and comfort.
• Diagnostics: They aim to deliver same-day diagnostic testing, such as blood tests or x-rays, when necessary, ensuring swift diagnosis and treatment plans.
For same-day appointments, call us at 020 7078 3831.
For routine appointments, email Paediatrics@hje.org.uk. (Inbox open between 08:00–17:00)
St John & St Elizabeth Hospital, 60 Grove End Road, St John’s Wood, NW8 9NH
At St John & St Elizabeth Hospital, they provide private paediatric care in London with the compassion, expertise, and personalised support your child deserves—offering faster access and a calmer, more reassuring experience for families.
FASHION & BEAUTY
– Fashion and beauty news to keep you looking your best –
IMAGE: LOUIS VUITTON
FASHION & BEAUTY
LOVE YOUR BODY
Sedna is a minimalist green leather bum belt bag by CARV entirely handcrafted in the UK by a British artisan from sustainable vegetable tanned leather. This multi-way mini bag can be worn three waysaround the waist, crossbody high or low, or on the shoulder - and is sized to carry your everyday basics including a phone, card holder and keys. carvlondon.com
GREEN GODDESS
Made for easy, breathable wear, our Botanical Green Gingham linen blend pyjama trouser set will have you waking up feeling refreshed and ready to seize the day. pigletinbed.com
READY FOR ANYTHING
The dependable Logan: keep in your bag for those spontaneous outdoor moments, wrap around your shoulders in the chilly evenings, use as a towel after a surf or swim and throw down as a picnic blanket. ebbflowcornwall.co.uk
WE LOVE
This textured short sleeve knitted cardigan from Oliver Bonas. oliverbonas.com
RING OF ROSES
Dive into luxury with our Rose Print Plunge Swimsuit, adorned with a sun-drenched yellow rose pattern. The plunging V-neckline and straight back design exude sophistication, while the triangle cups add a touch of allure. Completed with a tasteful DG logo, this piece includes a matching PVC pouch, perfect for stylish poolside lounging. fashionclinic.com
Welcome to the exhilarating world of fashion…catwalks, celebrities, glitz and glamour!
It is one of the highest profile fashion events in the world – and one of the ‘big four’ international catwalk influencers alongside Paris, Milan and New York. It presents an unrivalled opportunity to
showcase some of the world’s leading fashion talent and the best and brightest names in the industry. It is a week where designers are free to create at will and experiment with new trendswhether colourful, crazy or controversial - the world is watching as fashion history is made.
London Fashion Week is a global showcase of talent that curates and amplifies excellence in creativity, culture, and commerciality.
Designers at London Fashion Week will be unveiling their breathtaking creations for Spring and Summer 2026 - luxury brands including ON/ OFF Presents, Ancuta Sarca, GINA, Karina Bond, Victoria Beckham, Chet Lo, Fashion Scout, YAKU and April & Alex will be putting on a show alongside many others.
The magic of London Fashion Week is not merely thanks to the designers’ and fashion stylists’ cutting-edge collections, but the media excitement that accompanies them.
Celebrities swarm to attend the fashion event of the year – past attendees include Dame Helen Mirren, Bradley Cooper, Brigitte Nielsen, Yasmin Le Bon, Kate Moss, Naomi Campbell, Cara Delevingne, Craig David, Calum Best, Jude Law, Pixie Lott and Daisy Lowe.
Fashion retailers, hotels, restaurants and bars across London will do what they can to join in the celebration of London Fashion Week by hosting special events and promotions both in-store and online. The allure of the show is exceptional, and London Fashion Week continues to be the top fashion event pulling visitors from every corner of the globe.
London Fashion Week has been running twice yearly since 1983 and has since become one of the city’s most exciting, creative and coveted events.
THE DETAILS
For more information about London Fashion Week including up-to-date schedules, news, and tickets go to londonfashionweek.co.uk. Follow on @LondonFashionWk and join the conversation #LFW
PERSPECT
Where sportswear meets high fashion, London sports label Perspect isn’t about living to train, but training to live. Founded by designer Arthur Marsh, the label was born from a realisation that people no longer train purely for physical goals, but for who they become beyond the session. This philosophy — training for presence, clarity, and what Perspect calls the luxury within — is reflected in pieces that carry the aesthetic of the runway but perform for the run. In January, the brand donated a portion of profits to Mind UK, the country’s leading mental health charity.
Introducing Unpopular You Skincare, the brand that embraces the unique beauty of every individual. Our carefully crafted products are designed to nourish, protect, and enhance your natural skin, ensuring you feel confident and radiant. With sustainability at our core, we only use eco-friendly ingredients and packaging. Join our community on Instagram at @unpopular.you and discover more about our innovative skincare solutions at www.unpopularyou.com.
Embrace your uniqueness, with Unpopular You.
Louis Vuitton Women’s Fall Winter 2025
Louis Vuitton is delighted to present its Women’s Fall Winter 2025 campaign, starring House Ambassadors Emma Stone and Hoyeon.
Captured through the lens of Ethan James Green, the campaign channels the sense of anticipation evoked by the train station setting of the show envisioned by Nicolas Ghesquière, Artistic Director of Women’s Collections. Presented at Gare du Nord in Paris last March, the Fall-Winter 2025 collection celebrates
the House’s dear art of travel echoing to the railway wanderings and train platforms where departing strangers, fleeting lovers, and eternal unknowns cross paths. Nicolas Ghesquière composed a multitude of stylistic narratives as a tribute to the euphoria, melancholy, and anticipation that define the experience of travel.
Appearing in the Fall Winter 2025-2026 fashion show campaign, Express, the latest signature bag by Nicolas Ghesquière, symbolises the rise of transportation that blends of adventure and wonder, a new chapter through which Louis Vuitton crafts luggage that is at once sophisticated, feminine, and functional. An intuitive blend of elegance and excellence, Express – which was the original name of the 1930s iconic Speedy bag - is designed in grained leather and velvet calfskin, enhancing the timelessness of its shape. Each model highlights the Louis Vuitton’s signature codes, such as Monogram Canvas on the handles and key bell, the gold-tone padlock securing the double-zip closure, and Monogram jacquard lining.
Emma Stone and Hoyeon perfectly embodied enchantment and adventure spirit of the campaign. An Academy Award-winning actress, Emma stone is distinguished for her versatility across
“Emma Stone and Hoyeon perfectly embodied enchantment and adventure spirit of the campaign”
both independent cinema and globally acclaimed productions, including performances in La La Land, The Favourite, and Poor Things. A breakout star from the global phenomenon Squid Game, Hoyeon has quickly risen as both a powerful acting talent and an international fashion icon, building on her roots as one of Korea’s leading models.
The Fall Winter 2025 collection and the Express bag will be available for digital preorder starting July 25th accompanied by an exclusive pre-launch in a selection of stores worldwide. The collection will then be globally available starting August 1st following print insertions on July 15th. The campaign will be complemented by the leather goods campaign in October.
louisvuitton.com
NEUTRAL TAILORING & QUIET LUXURY
As the seasons will soon shift in the UK from sun-lit summer to crisp autumn breezes, this year’s standout trend is neutral-toned, elevated tailoring—a stylish marriage of laid-back sophistication and polished structure. Dubbed “quiet luxury,” it blends camel, beige, olive, cream, and taupe with timeless pieces like blazers, waistcoats, trench coats, and luxe knitwear. It’s the essence of understated elegance, perfect for late-summer warmth and early-autumn layers.
WHY IT WORKS FOR THE UK SEASON
Weather-aware styling: Light fabrics (linen, cotton blends) layered with structured pieces blend comfort and adaptability.
Transitional palette: Earthy neutrals reflect autumn without the heaviness.
Timeless investment: Well-cut blazers and waistcoats transcend seasonal whims. Celebrity impact: Royals and influencers have embraced high-waistibt trousers and tailored sets in olive, camel, and cream.
HOW TO WEAR IT
Blazer + White Jeans: Classic straight-leg white jeans (lined for autumn) paired with an oversized blazer in camel or olive create a chic, fresh transition look .
Waistcoat Layers: Channeling a country-luxe vibe—tweed or wool waistcoats over tees or shirts, paired with bootcut denim or wide-leg trousers
Trench Coat Staples: Lightweight trenches in beige, cream, or olive work as sleek outerwear
BELTED TWEED JACKET PRICE REDUCED FROM 197,5€, MAJE
GABI SINGLE BREASTED BLAZER, MINK NEUTRAL, £198, REISS
LAUREN BY RALPH LAUREN DOUBLE-BREASTED TRENCH COAT, £225
over tailored trousers or a midaxi dress.
Tailored Co-ords: Monochrome suit sets in linen or crepe—tailored yet relaxed—perfect with sneakers or loafers.
Knit Under Tailoring: Thin roll-necks or knit tops under blazers add warmth and polish. Stick to tonal palettes for a cohesive look.
Neutral tailoring in rich tones suits the unpredictable UK climate – it layers, adapts, and always looks polished. From celebrity-inspired tailored suits to waistcoats and trenches, it’s the season’s quiet luxury statement. Build with investment pieces and style them across seasons for a wardrobe that’s effortlessly elegant.
“Neutral tailoring in rich tones suits the unpredictable UK climate – it layers, adapts, and always looks polished”
STYLING EXAMPLES
Weekend Brunch: Pair a blazer with white straight-leg jeans, tan ankle boots, and a lightweight cream roll-neck.
Work-to-Dinner: Wear a trench over a waistcoat and tailored trousers; add a silk scarf.
Country Stroll: Trench layered over tweed wideleg trousers and loafers, hands-free with a tonal crossbody.
Evening Out: Double-breasted blazer with fauxleather culottes, chunky heels, and gold hoops.
Suit Up: Match a custom blazer and trouser set; offset with cream tank top and loafers.
As the summer warmth lingers but the evenings begin to cool, a new beauty movement is taking off in the UK –
Toasty Glam. This sultry, sun-kissed aesthetic effortlessly bridges the gap between heatwave zest and autumnal calm, creating a look that transitions beautifully through August into September. Celebrated by beauty influencers and makeup artists, notably Hailey Bieber, this trend mirrors the natural warmth of a late summer glow but with a sophisticated, glowing twist
At its core, Toasty Glam is all about embracing earthy, coppery hues – think soft rust, warm terracotta, and gentle bronzed tones. Instead of sharp contour lines or stark bronzing, the effect is intentionally lived-in and gently blended – your skin appears touched by the sun rather than coated in heavy makeup. Celebrity makeup artists like Andrew Denton and Lila Childs champion this look for its harmonious balance: “tonal harmony across the face” that offers elegance without effort. To achieve the effortless glow, begin with a light, non-tacky base – such as a tinted moisturiser or glowy skin tint – that lets your complexion shine through. Then softly apply warm-toned blush and bronzer, focusing on areas the sun naturally touches: cheeks, nose bridge, forehead. Blend with fingers or a fluffy brush for a seamless, flushed radiance. A subtle sweep of creamy shadow in complementary hues adds depth, while soft, feathered brows define without drawing attention. Lips are kept natural and glossy, perhaps just a touch of nude liner and balm–a whisper of colour that completes the glow gently
What makes Toasty Glam stand out is how it ages into the day – heat enhances it. As your face warms, the blended tones meld together, creating a flattering, glowing finish that feels organic. Minimal tools are needed; you can build the look with just fingertips, a sponge, or a basic fluffy brush. A final sweep of highlighter, dabbed on with a light hand, lifts the cheekbones and gives a dewy, sunlit finish – like captured sunlight. This trend suits the UK’s end-of-summer mood perfectly. Whether you’re strolling through openair festivals, enjoying alfresco dining, or heading to late-summer weddings, Toasty Glam adapts effortlessly – soft enough for daytime, warm and radiant for evening.
NATASHA DENONA
“I NEED A WARM” EYESHADOW PALETTE
MUA BRONZED CREAM BRONZER
L’OREAL PARIS COLOR RICHE MAGNETIC STONES MATTE LIPSTICK, 655 COPPER CLUTCH
Kate Whiting Designs
Kate Whiting is a doll maker and knitwear designer who takes her inspiration for her art from history, folklore, nature, fiction and film amongst other interests.
Kate Whiting Designs was born through creating Waldorf Inspired toys for her children.
Kate was looking for natural and ecologically friendly items, by putting the skills learnt from her Grandmother to use the business she has now was born.
Her knitting designs are created by taking yarn that she loves, with a brief idea of what she wants to turn the yarn into, casts on and lets the design unfold, this is unlike many designers who plot and chart the idea through technology programs.
This way the yarn evolves into something rather unknown until its finished!
Kate says “ I love to work in this way, taking a Folklore or an extract from a story and allowing a piece of single thread to become something to wear that has meaning and association feels like a gift to share”
Kate Whiting Designs has been successful partly due to the writing approach of her patterns, there are no complicated charts or terminology to decipher, Kate writes as if you are having coffee or afternoon tea beside her, sharing the space to knit and learn, just as she did with her Grandmother many years ago.
Joining many knitters and crocheting addicts, the joy of colour and yarn textures are what keeps the passion for creating alive, there is always more yarn than time allows to complete!
Living very rurally in Buckinghamshire Kate also takes the natural world around her on a daily basis as inspiration. The colours she uses are reflections
of Mother Natures wheel as it turns with every season, bringing its own depth of ideas. Kate takes her work around the country being involved in yarn shows, textile festivals, doll shows and art exhibitions as well as having a loyal online following.
“Made By My Hands For You To Love” sums up Kates work, each piece is lovingly designed whether it’s a bespoke shawl for your wedding or a doll to sit beside you.
katewhitingdesigns.co.uk
Bagpad is the best way to keep your handbag in shape in between uses. No more plastic or paper but instead an elegant and sustainable solution. Special designs for Hermès, Chanel, and Louis Vuitton bags and all other luxury brands. Can be made bespoke and personalised with monogramming making it the perfect gift for any handbag owner.
Use code “LIFE10” for 10% off.
Travel Made Easy: Organise Shoes & Essentials in One Stylish Bag
Sattaché was born from the real-life needs of women on the move. Founder Irina Titova-Kashan created the Classic Bag to solve the everyday challenge of bringing an extra pair of shoes—without sacrificing space for your essentials. Crafted from eco-friendly, PETA-Approved vegan materials, each bag features an antimicrobial shoe compartment that keeps footwear separate from essential items. With three straps and five ways to wear, it transitions effortlessly from work to weekend. No more juggling multiple bags—just one that fits it all.
Smart, sustainable, and made for real life. Explore more at sattache.com and @mysattache.
Shop all styles at www.bagpad.com or call/whatsapp +44(0) 777 507 7600.
SAVING FACE: How to stop your make-up cracking and separating this summer
Here’s how to stop your make-up sliding off in the heat. By Lara Owen
Summer is always a difficult season to manage when it comes to make-up. Not wanting to feel smothered while also looking radiant is a tricky task to pull off.
Not to mention the heatwave that is sweeping the UK – as temperatures rise, so does the likelihood of your foundation slipping, your concealer creasing and your once-flawless base cracking under the heat.
But with a few tweaks to your routine it’s entirely possible to keep your make-up intact, even on the hottest days.
So here’s everything you need to know to keep your make-up looking fresh this summer with (almost) no touch-ups required.
START WITH SMART SKINCARE
Ask any make-up artist and they’ll tell you: good skin prep is half the battle.
For summer, that means ditching rich moisturisers and heavy serums in favour of lightweight hydration that won’t sit on the surface or interfere with your base.
“I think the main reason for cake or cracking make-up is not using the correct skincare,” says make-up artist and ITV’s on-screen beauty expert Bryony Blake. “It’s like painting a wall – you have to prep it first before you go in with the paint.”
Lightly exfoliating before make-up can help avoid texture. “Start with clean, lightly exfoliated skin to remove any dead skin cells that might
cause texture,” says make-up artist and founder of Ayu Cosmetics, Suzie O’Neill.
Chemical exfoliants that contain AHAs and BHAs are best, or if you’re more sensitive, a toner that contains Glycolic Acid is perfect.
“Then apply a lightweight, hydrating base [to create] an even surface for your foundation to adhere to.”
CHOOSE THE RIGHT PRODUCTS FOR YOUR SKIN TYPE
Using products that suit your skin type – and the weather – makes a world of difference. So it’s a good idea to skip anything too rich or too drying.
“Some ingredients will ruin your glam,” says founder of cult beauty brand P.Louise, Paige Louise Williams.
“Rich emollients can make your make-up slide right off, especially in the heat. Alcohol-heavy formulas can dry you out too much, which leads to tightness and cracking.”
Balance is key when combining your skincare and make-up formulas.
“Overly rich oils or thick silicones can cause products to sit on top of the skin and separate in the heat,” explains O’Neill, “similarly, overly drying ingredients like high levels of denatured alcohol or harsh mattifiers can sap the skin of moisture.”
APPLY MAKE-UP IN THIN, BUILDABLE LAYERS
Forget about a full-coverage formula – in summer, less really is more. Thicker layers are more likely to break down in the heat, so aim for sheer, buildable formulas that blend easily into the skin.
“Go for light, buildable layers instead of one thick base,” says Williams, “use a damp beauty sponge to bounce foundation into the skin – that will give you the seamless finish without the cakeiness.”
Using a buffing brush to press product in is a good alternative for longer-lasting wear, and while you may be tempted to use your fingers, Blake says they’re not the best option.
“Using brushes and sponges is absolutely the best way of applying your make-up,” says Blake, “as you tend to not use as much product and it makes everything more even and blended – plus, it’s more hygienic.”
MASTER THE ART OF SETTING
To lock everything in place, it may be tempting to dowse yourself in powder and setting spray – but knowing how to use them properly is the trick to making your look last all day.
“Honestly, you do need both,” says Williams, “start with a lightweight, finely milled powder on oily or crease-prone areas. Press it in with a puff or sponge for that flawless set, then finish with a setting spray to keep your beat from breaking.”
If you’re hesitant of using too much powder, Blake suggests layering your setting spray instead, then using powder as a back-up. “I would use a setting spray in stages – after I’ve done my base and concealer, and again at the end after powder.
“But I would carry a powder with me to touch up throughout the day, only in areas where I have excess shine, like the forehead and nose.”
KNOW HOW TO FIX MAKE-UP ON THE GO
Even with the best prep, hot weather happens –and when it does, you don’t need to start again from scratch.
“Don’t add more product,” says O’Neill, “a powder puff or blender sponge can be used to tap the area gently and disperse excess product.
“A light touch of a cream blush can also revive and refresh the complexion without adding weight.”
Similarly, Blake recommends adding hydration first.”“Finish with blush and a little powder, and you’re good to go.”
CHARLOTTE TILBURY AIRBRUSH FLAWLESS SETTING SPRAY 34ML, £20
The first fragrance-led wellness brand to immerse your entire life in mood-enhancing rituals –through complete, perfume-grade collections that nourish both skin and soul.
That means one cohesive mood, expressed through every part of your daily ritual – from morning showers to evening wind-downs.
Sanctuary Hand & Body Lotion and the Sanctuary Shampoo
The first Birkin bag ever created was sold in Paris for roughly £6 million. By
Lara Owen
THE ORIGINAL BIRKIN BAG IS SOLD FOR €7 MILLION: The history of Jane Birkin’s Hermès legacy
The first-ever Birkin bag, made for and inspired by actress Jane Birkin herself, has been sold at auction for €7 million (roughly £6 million) by Sotheby’s in Paris.
The lot began at €1 million, with advanced bids having already been placed at €1.3 million before bids went to the room at 15:18 BST.
It quickly jumped from €1.5 million to €2.4 million and €2.8 million within a minute before a fair warning was given.
Another fair warning was given at €4 million, before climbing to €6.5 million when another was given.
The bids escalated for a further eight minutes until the hammer was lowered and sold to a
mystery buyer for €7 million (roughly £6 million).
The Hermès Birkin is now known to be the most coveted designer bag in the world.
The ultimate style symbol of status and social ascension – the Birkin’s growing high-profile fan club, which includes models Kate Moss and Miranda Kerr, Victoria Beckham, the KardashianJenners, Jennifer Lopez and more, helps it remain to be one of the most desired bags in the world.
The current owner, Catherine Benier, a private collector and founder of the Paris vintage boutique Les 3 Marches, announced she was selling it on 5 June.
Bernier purchased the bag for an undisclosed sum in 2000, and even today, she declines to reveal how much she spent.
The tale of the Birkin begins in 1981, when actress Jane Birkin happened to be seated next to Jean-Louis Dumas – then artistic director of Hermès – on an Air France flight.
As she attempted to store her belongings in the overhead compartment, the contents of her nowiconic wicker basket came tumbling into Dumas’s lap. It was a serendipitous mishap that would go on to change fashion history.
Bemoaning the lack of handbags spacious enough to carry the essentials – especially while travelling with her young daughter, Charlotte –Birkin explained her frustration with the dainty designs of the day.
Ever inspired by a practical muse, Dumas and Birkin began sketching a concept on the back of a sick-bag. That drawing would become the basis for what is now arguably the world’s most coveted handbag.
By 1985, Hermès had produced a prototype and presented it to Birkin, requesting her permission to name the new style in her honour. That very first design – known as the Original Birkin – was unlike any the house would later release commercially, with subtle distinctions that set it apart as a true one-off.
This is the bag being auctioned. It features a shoulder strap, which was never included on the commercial version, gilded brass hardware instead of the classic gold-plated and zips sourced from Éclair instead of Riri, which has manufactured Birkin zippers since the 1990s.
The most exciting differentiating details, however, are undoubtedly the personalisation of the bag.
Birkin’s Original Birkin was deeply personal to her and proudly bore her initials, “J.B” embossed on the front flap.
And known for her effortlessly cool, ‘French girl’ chic style, Jane Birkin preferred a natural look over long, painted nails. So in order to keep her nails neatly trimmed on the go, she kept a nail clipper attached to a chain hanging from the base of the shoulder strap inside her bag, which is being included in the sale.
Today, prices for Birkin bags range from £15,000 to £25,000 for leather, while exotic Birkin bags are generally priced at £30,000 plus, with Himalaya Birkin bags priced over £75,000.
However, the historical significance, rarity and condition of the bag meant it was predicted to reach seven figures – but no one had predicted it to reach several million.
Birkin, who died at the age of 76 in 2023, was paid an annual royalty (around £30,000) which was then passed on to her nominated charities.
Birkins have never gone out of style – and never will – and have historically increased in value over time owing to the heritage at their core.
And the Original Birkin represents a piece of fashion folklore – a moment where function, personality and design came together to create something truly iconic.
With its sale in Paris today, a new chapter begins for a bag that redefined what luxury means, not just in price, but in cultural impact.
Above: Jane Birkin was known for carrying a wicker basket - as it was the only bag big enough to fit her things
Below: Jane Birkin received an OBE in 2001 for services to acting and UK-French cultural relations
Renowned for bold creativity and timeless elegance, Carrie Jenkinson Millinery has become a go-to name for statement headwear that turns heads on and off the runway. Worn by royalty, celebrities, and fashion-forward clients around the globe, each piece is a work of wearable art—meticulously handcrafted with luxurious materials and Carrie’s signature sculptural flair.
From Ascot to the red carpet, Carrie’s designs blend classic millinery craftsmanship with avant-garde imagination, making every hat and headpiece an unforgettable moment. Whether you’re seeking drama, sophistication, or something utterly unique, Carrie Jenkinson offers bespoke and ready-towear collections that redefine contemporary millinery.
Discover a world where fashion meets fantasy—where confidence crowns every look. Carrie Jenkinson Millinery: Because ordinary was never the goal.
Explore the latest collection at www.carriejenkinson.co.uk or follow @carriejenkinsonmillinery for inspiration.
Newly Crowned Award Winning London Dental Clinic
Aclinic has been recognised nationally after winning Practice of the Year, London at the recent Dentistry Awards.
For patients at Serio Dental, the recognition simply reflects what they already experience - a joined-up and thoughtful approach to care. Serio Dental brings together a full team of in-house expertise, a contemporary and ecofriendly environment and a joined-up model of care that prioritises convenience, respect and longterm health. The clinic holds a five-star Google rating with over 50 reviews, many praising how welcoming and well organised it is, and how clearly treatments are explained. “I finally enjoy going to the dentist,” one patient wrote. “I felt cared for, not sold to.” Another said the team “made me feel calm even in an emergency.”
Serio Dental takes a sustainable approach.
Digital scans and x-rays are used in place of traditional methods, reducing waste. Biodegradable dental products are part of everyday practice, and significant steps have been taken to keep plastic use to the absolute minimum across the clinic (CQC regulation permitting).
Specialised care from a full range of experts in one place
Serio Dental offers a wide range of clinical treatments under one roof. These include, cosmetic dentistry, dental implants, orthodontics, gum treatment, root canal therapy, children’s dentistry, oral surgery, TMJ support and facial aesthetics. Preventive care is a priority. Mouth cancer screening is available, and care is joined up between clinicians for consistency and continuity. The team includes experts in every dental field, which means patients do not need to be referred out for complex procedures. This means that treatments can be planned in collaboration requiring fewer appointments and better communication throughout the process. From the initial phone call to follow-up care, the process at Serio Dental is designed to feel simple and respectful. New patients receive clear directions, a welcome pack and flexible
“Serio Dental offers a wide range of clinical treatments under one roof. These include, cosmetic dentistry, dental implants, orthodontics, gum treatment, root canal therapy, children’s dentistry, oral surgery, TMJ support and facial aesthetics”
appointment times. Consultations are focused on understanding each person’s needs, not pushing a particular option. Costs are explained without pressure and treatment plans are tailored to individual preferences and clinical need. For patients who are nervous about dental treatment, support is available. The clinic offers sedation as well as psychological strategies to help ease anxiety. Staff are trained to work with nervous patients and take extra time to ensure they feel comfortable.
Minimising lost working days with proactive dental care
Beyond individual care, the clinic is also working with local businesses through a corporate dental plan. The scheme allows employers to offer access to regular dental care as part of their staff wellbeing provision. Employees who take part in the plan benefit from priority appointments, preventive check-ups and flexible booking around working hours. This includes evening and weekend availability, cosmetic options and a fixed monthly cost that makes it easier to manage than traditional insurance.
Oral health issues cause nearly 23 million working days to be lost each year in the UK, which is equivalent to around 93,000 full time jobs.1
Preventive dental care significantly reduces this burden by preventing emergencies and the need for more extensive treatments.
As Dr Sulaman Anwar, Specialist Periodontist and Serio Dental’s practice founder explains “The health and appearance of someone’s mouth plays a significant role in how confident people feel, how they communicate and how they show up to work. Losing staff members because of dental pain, broken teeth or just to attend an appointment close to their home, means a significant loss to a company. Giving people access to regular dental care benefits both the individual and the organisation - and it shows employees how much they are valued and cared for.”
By investing in regular check-ups and early intervention, organisations can limit downtime, improve employee well being and performance, and reduce long term healthcare costs.
Local care with a national reputation Serio Dental’s reputation is growing, but its roots remain local. With evening and weekend appointments, a welcoming team and a contemporary, eco-friendly and accessible environment, it is becoming a trusted choice for families and professionals alike.
“Serio Dental has just been crowned London’s Practice of the Year. But it’s the glowing 5 Star patient reviews, expert- led treatments and thoughtful approach that set this clinic apart.
For patients at Serio Dental, the recognition simply reflects what they already experience - a joined-up and thoughtful approach to care”
IOLLA’S EXCLUSIVE LENS BAR IN SHOREDITCH
IOLLA, the leading eyewear brand known for its innovative design and affordable pricing, is marking its 10th anniversary with an exciting milestone - the launch of its first ever London pop up! Until September, IOLLA will be bringing its brand new Custom Lens Bar to BoxPark Shoreditch - the ultimate destination for Londoners to discover IOLLA’s latest customisation options and fully personalise their eyewear.
To celebrate a decade of innovation, the pop up features IOLLA’s latest customisation features, including 5 new coloured tints and 4 new gradient lenses.
‘We’re so excited to bring IOLLA’s first ever pop up to London as part of our 10th anniversary celebrations,’ says Stefan Hunter, Founder and CEO of IOLLA. ‘This is a great opportunity for us to connect with our community in a completely new way - and introduce IOLLA to even more people across the UK.’
IOLLA’s Custom Lens Bar is a direct response to the growing demand for more choice and
individual expression in fashion and accessories. Visitors will be invited to experiment with tints, and design something that is a true reflection of their personal style, all at an accessible price point. IOLLAs regular sunglasses start at £85, with full customisation available for an additional £20.
‘This pop up is all about giving people more choice and creative freedom,’ says Kathryn McKerrall, Creative Team Lead at IOLLA. ‘It’s exciting to be able to bring this experience to life in such a vibrant part of London and can’t wait to see the unique combinations people come up with.’
IOLLA’s London pop up is part of the brands ongoing commitment to innovation and customer experience, with the brand continuing to push the boundaries of the eyewear industry. Whether it’s new custom tints or IOLLAs stylish frames, the Custom Lens Bar offers the perfect place to express your personal style.
Join IOLLA for a limited time this summer at BoxPark Shoreditch to shop their custom tints. iolla.com
“To celebrate a decade of innovation, the pop up features IOLLA’s latest customisation features, including 5 new coloured tints and 4 new gradient lenses”
Victoria Slavinskaia
Victoria Slavinskaia is a young, independent luxury brand dedicated to crafting exclusive, handcrafted hats and hair accessories that embody timeless elegance. Founded by designer Victoria Slavinskaia, the label collaborates with master artisans from Tuscany and a distinguished familyrun atelier on the Italian Adriatic coast. These craftsmen bring a storied history of working with the world’s most iconic fashion houses. Today, they uphold their tradition of excellence, crafting for the most renowned luxury brands while infusing that same expertise into every piece of Victoria Slavinskaia headwear.
The brand’s commitment to excellence begins with its choice of materials. Only the finest cashmere, silk, and leather—sourced from Italy, France, and Japan—are used, from the same suppliers trusted by the top luxury houses worldwide. Every piece is made in limited quantities to ensure exceptional quality and exclusivity, allowing customers to own something truly unique.
her, she designs the perfect piece to complement them. This approach allows her to create timeless models that are not bound by fleeting trends but instead offer clients the chance to discover their own perfect piece. It’s about helping individuals craft their unique style rather than simply adding another trendy accessory to their seasonal wardrobe.
At Victoria Slavinskaia, they believe every detail matters. Even the product labels and hat bags are crafted from silk— an extension of the care and precision that goes into every piece. Their hats and accessories are not just items; they are a celebration of artistry, craftsmanship, and the enduring allure of luxury.
As the designer and visionary behind the brand, Victoria Slavinskaia strives to break free from trends, seasons, and conventional fashion cycles. Her creative process begins with the materials— when she encounters the right fabrics that inspire
Victoria Slavinskaia invites you to experience the sophistication and exclusivity of a brand that prioritises quality, authenticity, and timeless style—designed to inspire your individuality.
Exclusive 15% off for Life Magazines readers with code: LMVS15.
Mizi Atelier is an independent headwear brand founded and led by Mehrzad Mohebby Gardner, a designer committed to preserving couture craftsmanship. Each piece is entirely made by hand using traditional millinery techniques and finished with hand sewing from start to end. Mizi avoid using glue or chemical bonding: this method allows for each hat to be repaired reshaped and passed on rather than discarded.
Mizi Atelier stands in direct opposition to fast fashion and mass production as here there is not overproduction or seasonal pressure to churn out endless collections; the brand creates pieces that will outlive trends. Many of the materials used are often reclaimed or vintage which supports a zero waste mindset and reduces unnecessary impact on the environment. Every offcut is reconsidered every leftover fabric is catalogued and often turned into trims or accessories. Nothing is wasted because every part of the process plays its part in the process of making.
The aesthetic of Mizi Atelier reflects this care: shapes are considered details. Whether it’s a bridal headpiece a hat for a formal gathering or a wearable day piece each design serves a clear purpose while expressing individuality and confidence. The selections echo the values of heritage, sustainability, and bespoke behind each creation.
Mizi’s design philosophy is built on education
through the brand values. Her work invites people to look closer to question how things are made and to appreciate the connection between style and responsibility. The brand’s clients are not consumers but wearers who take part in a more respectful approach to fashion.
Wearing a Mizi Atelier hat is a choice and a gesture of alignment with an art of making beauty that does things properly. Mizi Atelier offers a new perspective on how to do good and look good at the same time.
Visit miziatelier and follow @miziatelier
“The brand creates pieces that will outlive trends”
Founded by lawyer Sonica Beckmann, House of Kind is a womenswear brand where style meets purpose. Designed for real life, our pieces carry women from the school run to the boardroom with ease and quiet confidence. Each item in The TrailBLAZER® Collection features subtle, symbolic details to help women recognise an ally in spaces where support is not always visible. More than fashion, House of Kind is a statement of strength, solidarity and self-belief. We are proud partners of Dress for Success Greater London, because we believe no woman should be left behind.
HEALTH & FITNESS
– Everything you need to keep fit, healthy, and happy –
IMAGE: CLARIDGE’S SPA
Global skincare expert and renowned super facialist Teresa Tarmey launches at
CLARIDGE’S SPA
Super facialist and leading skincare expert Teresa Tarmey has arrived in Claridge’s Spa for a year-long residency. After working in the industry for 27 years and with over 50,000 hours of hands-on-skin experience, Teresa introduces results-oriented facials and cutting-edge body treatments to Mayfair. Bringing a wealth of expertise, Teresa adds to the expansive wellness roster available at the hotel and introduce a new chapter of skincare for 2025.
Treatments available at Claridge’s Spa, and aiming to create ‘results with love’, include signature facials, targeted facials and body
treatments, all allowing guests to access the spa facilities during their visit.
Teresa is introducing a brand new, innovative and highly unique skin treatment exclusive to Claridge’s for complete rejuvenation, the Skinmaster Plus™ by Brera, a cutting-edge ultrasonic exfoliation and infusion system with low level ultrasound.
Teresa commented, “Launching treatments at Claridge’s is a huge milestone moment for me. It’s one of the most iconic hotels in the world and such a pillar of British heritage, so to be offering our treatments in such a brilliant setting with a history as rich as theirs is an absolute honour. What makes it special is the shared commitment to excellence, care and precision, which are values that have always been at the heart of what I do in my own clinic. This collaboration is about bringing expert-led, results driven care to a space that understands true client-first experience and top tier service. It feels like the perfect match, and I can’t wait for this partnership to unfold.”
Teresa’s clients include A-list celebrities and influential men and women from around the world. Teresa was the Dior global skincare expert from 2021 to 2023 and is currently a proud board member of the British Beauty Council. Recently, Teresa Tarmey has been named one of Walpole’s Brands of Tomorrow 2025.
Claridge’s Spa is an epicentre of wellness, showcasing healing rituals, a knowledge of restorative body work and the latest bio-innovation to amplify emotional, physical and spiritual wellbeing.
THE DETAILS
To see the full list of treatments, visitclaridges.co.uk/spa/treatments/ teresa-tarmey/
To book treatments please call 0207 409 6565. Monday-Sunday 8am-9pm.
Claridge’s Spa is open to both hotel and outside guests.
In a world where performance, resilience and appearance are increasingly in focus, more people are turning to targeted wellness solutions to stay energised and balanced. Whether you’re seeking a boost in energy, immune support, enhanced skin radiance or recovery from burnout, our bespoke infusions and injectable therapies deliver essential nutrients directly to where they’re needed most - your bloodstream.
WHY CHOOSE BILBA CLINIC?
Bilba Clinic is a CQC-accredited medical clinic led by healthcare professionals with a commitment to safety, efficacy and clinical excellence. Our IV and injectable therapies are delivered in a calm, private setting just moments from Oxford Circus underground station, with care that prioritises your individual goals and medical needs.
WHAT ARE IV DRIPS AND VITAMIN INJECTIONS?
Unlike oral supplements, IV drips and Vitamin Injections bypass the digestive system to provide fast, effective nutrient delivery. This allows for:
• Higher absorption rates
• Immediate physiological benefits
• Therapeutic doses tailored to your needs
WHAT CAN THEY HELP WITH?
Energy & Focus
Our B-vitamin and magnesium-rich formulations help reduce fatigue, support nervous system health and restore mental clarity.
Immune Support
Vitamin C, zinc, and glutathione are just some of the powerful antioxidants used to strengthen your immune defences-ideal during travel, seasonal changes or stressful periods.
Hydration & Recovery
Whether you’re recovering from intense exercise, jet lag or simply feel depleted, our hydration therapies help rebalance electrolytes and revive energy.
Skin Health & Brightening
Glutathione, combined with vitamin C, is known to support collagen production and reduce oxidative stress, leaving skin looking brighter and refreshed.
Personalised Wellness, Medical Precision
Each treatment begins with a clinical consultation to ensure safety, suitability and optimal results. Whether you choose a single nutrient injection (such as B12 or vitamin D) or a comprehensive multi-vitamin infusion, your therapy is tailored to your lifestyle, goals and needs.
WHERE TO FIND US
Bilba Clinic 57 Great Titchfield Street London Fitzrovia W1W 7PN
CQC Accredited
Nearest tube station: Oxford Circus
Book your consultation today and take the next step in your wellness journey!
MEDICAL | SURGICAL | AESTHETIC | WELLBEING
A CQC Registered Clinic
Our goal is to deliver exceptional results in a safe, welcoming environment, guided by our highly skilled and compassionate staff.
OUR SERVICES
Private GP appointments
Consultant specialist appointments
Nurse prescriber appointments
Health screening
Eye lid surgery
Skin surgery
Minor operations
Private medicine prescriptions
Blood, urine & stool tests
Wound management
IV vitamin drips & vitamin injections
Earwax microsuction & ear syringing
Cervical smear test
Weight loss management & injections
Hair loss programme
Physiotherapy
Aesthetic treatments & injectables
Sclerotherapy (spider veins treatment)
Platelet-rich plasma (PRP) treatments
Fat dissolving injections
PCA skin peels & facials
Gift vouchers
For more information and to book a personal consultation, visit www.bilbaclinic.co.uk
Bilba Clinic, 57 Great Titchfield Street, London W1W 7PN
FOCUS ON: KIDNEY STONES
Sudden, severe pain in your back or side? Nausea, difficulty passing urine, or blood in your urine? If you’ve experienced these symptoms, you may be among the thousands affected by kidney stones each year – a condition that can be as debilitating as it is disruptive.
Kidney stones are most common in adults aged 30 to 60, with men particularly at risk. Despite the wonders of modern medicine the exact causes of stone formation remain elusive although relative dehydration, diet and genetics all play a part. While some stones may pass on their own, many require medical intervention – especially in recurring or complex cases.
Ken Anson, a leading Consultant Urological Surgeon at HCA Healthcare UK, is internationally recognised for his expertise in diagnosing and treating urinary stone disease. With over 25 years’ experience, Ken is one of the UK’s most trusted specialists in minimally invasive techniques such as ureteroscopy, laser stone fragmentation, shockwave lithotripsy (ESWL), and percutaneous nephrolithotomy (PCNL).
Ken has pioneered many surgical techniques that have transformed the lives of patients dealing with ureteric and kidney stones, bladder stones, ureteric obstruction, and urinary infections.
Whether you’re experiencing your first episode or have been struggling with recurring symptoms, Ken offers a full range of diagnostics and treatments tailored to your condition – including second opinions on complex urological problems.
“Each patient suffering urinary stone disease deserves the combination of an expert medical opinion, appropriate excellent imaging and state of the art laboratory testing to establish an accurate individualised diagnosis and subsequent management plan. We then need to be able to employ the most up to date technology to treat that stone. We can offer all of this in the Kidney Stone Clinic in Devonshire Street”.
Patients choosing private treatment with Ken benefit from rapid access to appointments, a discreet and compassionate approach, and worldclass care in state-of-the-art facilities at HCA Healthcare UK.
If you’re experiencing symptoms – or simply want peace of mind – expert help is available now.
THE DETAILS
To book a private consultation with Ken Anson or learn more about your treatment options, visit kenansonurology.com or call T: +44 20 7299 0045. No referral necessary.
Phonak Infinity: The smarter way to hear this summer
An estimated 12 million people in the UK live with hearing loss but most wait years before doing anything about it. The result? Missed moments, muffled conversations and increasing social strain, especially during summer, when life gets louder. At Pindrop Hearing, we help people reconnect using the latest in hearing technology - including Phonak Audéo Lumity with Infinity AI.
Smarter hearing, built around you Infinity AI has been quietly transforming hearing care over the past year. It uses artificial intelligence to learn how you hear and automatically adjusts to different environments - whether you’re on a windy walk, at a busy dinner, or enjoying quiet conversation at home. There’s no need to fiddle with settings or miss parts of conversations. It just works - intuitively.
Key features include:
• SpeechSensor technology – enhances speech clarity from all directions, even in background noise
• Dynamic Noise Cancellation – reduces unwanted sound for more comfortable listening
• AutoSense OS 5.0 – Phonak’s most intelligent operating system to date, adapting seamlessly as you move between environments
Why it matters this summer Summer brings variety: open spaces, crowded streets, sudden weather changes and lively gatherings. For older hearing aids, this can be a challenge. Infinity AI adapts in real-time, filtering out unwanted background noise and making
speech clearer, so you can stay present, confident and connected.
Available at Pindrop Hearing clinics across London
Choosing a specialist hearing clinic means a more personalised experience. At Pindrop Hearing, our patients benefit from:
• Comprehensive assessments that go beyond basic tests
• Expert guidance tailored to lifestyle, budget and degree of hearing loss
• Ongoing support to ensure the best hearing aid performance
With links to dementia and social withdrawal, untreated hearing loss isn’t just an inconvenience, it’s a health risk. This summer is the perfect time to change that.
50% Off Hearing Assessments this Summer
This summer, we’re encouraging people to take that first step towards better hearing because when you hear better, you live well. Book a hearing assessment before 31st August 2025 using the code MAG50, and you’ll receive 50% off. It’s a small action that could make a huge difference. Because summer is better when you can hear it all.
“Talking to an Audiologist rather than just a licensed hearing aid dispenser meant that my particular condition was properly understood. The solution was tailored to my actual needs. Hugely impressed by the audiologist who explained everything so clearly — I would not hesitate in recommending Pindrop to anybody.”
– Michael
Our Services:
Hearing Tests
Hearing Aids
Ear Wax Removal
Tinnitus Clinic
Paediatric Audiology
Balance Testing
Custom Ear Protection
Give your old hearing aids new life Trade in your old Hearing Aids and receive a £100 M&S Voucher when you purchase your new Hearing Aids through us. Visit pindrophearing.co.uk to receive your exclusive Trade In Code.
Light on skin. Tough on acne
How LED phototherapy can tackle acne without resorting to prescription drugs
Light therapy is a safe and effective treatment for adult and teenage acne and could negate the need for antibiotics or isotretinoin (harsh drug therapies that can come with significant side effects), says Consultant Dermatologist Dr. Justine Hextall.
At a time when some 44.5% of people are prescribed with oral antibiotics for long-term treatment of acne, LED phototherapy offers sufferers a non-invasive medical treatment that uses light-emitting diodes (LEDs) to stimulate cellular activity and promote skin rejuvenation. It is safe, versatile and has minimal side effects, while addressing a number of intractable skin conditions, from acne and rosacea to psoriasis and hyperpigmentation. It is also known as an aesthetic treatment capable of improving the appearance of the skin by reducing fine lines and wrinkles.
THE BURDEN OF ACNE
When it comes to the most common causes of acne, Dr. Hextall cites various factors which can trigger adult acne, including Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS) or other underlying hormonal conditions and fluctuations, such as those caused by perimenopause and menopause. “Oestrogen is a very important part of the skin
barrier function as an antioxidant. When we start to lose oestrogen that can lead to blemish-prone skin, acne and rosacea, for which HRT alongside topical treatments can be helpful, however LED phototherapy can be a really effective adjunct to help skin repair and reduce inflammation.”
Similar to acne, rosacea can also occur in adults, sometimes simultaneously, often triggered by combinations of skin barrier dysfunction and stress: “So getting a professional diagnosis is very, very important because you need to treat acne and rosacea very specifically, at the same time as working on repairing the barrier of the skin,” explains Dr. Hextall.
TEENAGE ACNE
Acne rates among young people in the UK are amongst the highest globally, with diagnosis also rising. Teenage acne tends to present as a t-zone of oiliness but does not cause the same sensitivity as in adults. “In teenage years there is a big surge in androgens, which increases oil production in the skin and sticky skin cells, which blocks the pores. If, on top of that you’re stripping the skin barrier with harsh over the counter skincare products, you are stressed, lacking sleep or have a poor diet, this can all be pro-inflammatory. Acne is much more common in industrialised nations, where you have an acne prevalence in teenagers of about 85%, whereas in less developed countries, of which there are very few left in the world, you have a prevalence of about 5%.”
ON THE RIGHT WAVELENGTH
Not all light therapy devices are the same. Dr. Hextall uses Dermalux Tri-Wave MD, the most powerful LED phototherapy device available for professional use. It treats large skin areas (so addressing backne, as well as the face) in a single session using three of the most clinically evidenced light wavelengths for LED Phototherapy – Blue 415nm, Red 633nm and Near Infrared 830nm. Each light targets specific skin concerns, which used in parallel can significantly cut treatment times.
• Blue light (415nm light wavelength) has effective antimicrobial properties and reduces the formation of biofilms.
• Near-infrared light (NIR) (830nm light wavelength) encourages the proliferation and
“At a time when some 44.5% of people are prescribed with oral antibiotics for longterm treatment of acne, LED phototherapy offers sufferers a non-invasive medical treatment that uses light-emitting diodes (LEDs) to stimulate cellular activity and promote skin rejuvenation”
Consultant Dermatologist Dr. Justine Hextall
migration of fibroblasts and keratinocytes in wound healing and reduces inflammation.
• Red light (633nm light wavelength) stimulates collagen production, reduces inflammation, promotes overall skin health and reduced scarring.
Dr. Hextall explains that these three specific light wavelengths used singularly and in combination at different stages of the treatment are particularly effective in treating acne because they tackle bacteria and inflammation, while also reducing scarring. “In treating acne, blue light helps to destroy the porphyrins produced by bacteria, which cause the redness and swelling of acne. Red and Near Infrared light tackle the inflammation,” she explains.
In treating both adult and teen patients, Dr. Hextall prescribes once or twice weekly LED phototherapy sessions with her Dermalux Tri-Wave MD device, which usually achieves improvements within two to four weeks. “Most treatment is cumulative. Once we have seen the skin recovering, I switch to a maintenance regime of perhaps once every couple of weeks or once a
month, depending on the patient and the severity of their condition,” she says. “We know that acne is not linear, so we might see an active acne episode with lots of inflammation. It switches off with treatment, but the question is, what do we see as being ‘switched off’? Is it 80% or 100%. That’s why I suggest that the whole point of maintenance is that you’re quietly targeting the acne, at the same time reducing inflammation and reducing post acne marks.”
Dr. Hextall’s holistic approach to acne treatment for both adults and teens takes their individual factors into account. “If I can add LED phototherapy to target acne and inflammation I can treat without resorting to antibiotics or isotretinoin. We don’t know the long term effects for teenagers who might be put on antibiotics for a year to treat their acne, plus there’s a lot of emerging science around the importance of the gut microbiome, so using Dermalux light therapy in my treatment armoury has to be a good thing.”
For more information and to find a local clinic visit dermaluxled.com
WHY HEALTH SCREENING IS PARAMOUNT TO GOOD HEALTH
Dr Paul Ettlinger BM, DRCOG, FRCGP, FRIPH, DOccMed The London General Practice
Q. What is Health Screening?
Health screening involves the use of tests, physical examinations and advanced investigations to help detect conditions early in people who look or feel well. This is in contrast from diagnostic tests which are done when someone is ill and showing signs or symptoms of a condition.
It is important as it can detect disease early in people who do not show any signs and/or symptoms of illness or disease It is the first step to safeguarding your health.
Q. Why is it important?
Early detection and timely intervention for earlier intervention and treatment of previously unknown conditions. It will help to reduce the risk of complications and the occurrence of more serious diseases such as:
• Stroke
• Diabetes
• Cardiovascular complications
• Lung disease and renal failure
• Cancers
Q. Why should one go for Health Screening if one feels well?
Health screening will help to discover if you have particular diseases or conditions, which as yet you do not know. Often there are no signs or symptoms of these diseases. As such, early detection followed by appropriate treatment
and control of the condition will result in a better outcome and lower the risk of serious complications. Cancer in particular, is better treated if found early. If symptoms develop at a later stage, the cancer may be at an advanced stage and require more intensive and higher risk therapy. Chronic diseases such as diabetes take time to develop and if detected early can be better managed with less complications and improved long-term outcomes.
“At the London General Practice, we offer a wide range of screening and screening programmes. Screening helps identify early signs of disease or other health issues. The practice uses up to date evidence based pathways and creates bespoke packages around your personal health needs”
Q. Who should be Health Screened?
Everyone should be screened at some stage, it just depends at what age one should start. Here at The London General Practice, we tailor the screening package to the individual. All our recommendations are based on the current best practice and clinical guidelines available. Depending on your family history and personal history will lead us to suggest a screening module geared to you. Good health screening does not mean testing for the highest number of conditions or diseases. It should contain relevant tests and not tests that are unnecessary. Doing more tests than is necessary may make one more worried, incur unnecessary costs and result in over diagnosis and over treatment.
The London General Practice does not believe in a one size fits all health screening package.
Each individual has different personal, family and medical histories and benefits from different screening tests. However, all our health screenings evaluate for cardiovascular risk, such as:
• Obesity
• High cholesterol
• High blood pressure
• Diabetes
• And Cancers as appropriate
Q. Why Should I Screen?
Statistics reveal that 30% of the population will die of cancer and a further 30% will die of heart attack and stroke. These conditions can and should be screened for. Heart attacks and strokes do not occur spontaneously.
The primary causes of these are:
• Diabetes
• High cholesterol
• High blood pressure
• Obesity
• Lack of exercise
Men are also more prone to heart disease. Here at The London General Practice, we will apply evidence based clinical guidelines to determine your risk of heart disease and stroke and dependent on this risk will lead us to whether you require further tests such as:
• CT coronary calcium score
• Carotid Doppler study
• Functional imaging of the heart
CANCER
Patients who have their cancers detected at stage one have survival rates 80% or even higher than later detection. Stage 1 cancers are unlikely to have symptoms. Early detection through our advanced health screening pathways will help to identify any risk and treat appropriately. Once the disease reaches stage three or four, survival rates can drop to just 50% or even lower as in 5% for more aggressive cancers.
SPECIFIC HEALTH ISSUES
Screening can also look at specific health issues. This is an opportunity to bring up any concerns or worries you have in the consultation, these can be expressed, investigated and identified.
HEALTHY LIFESTYLE AND WELLNESS
Naturally leading a healthy lifestyle is paramount. This can help to delay or prevent primary silent disease and lowers the risk of high blood pressure, high cholesterol and diabetes.
GENETICS AND FAMILY HISTORY
However, genetics and family history play an important part and it is possible that even if you have a healthy lifestyle, you are at an increased risk. Genetics plays a strong part. Here at The London General Practice we work closely with our laboratory partners and Genetic Counsellors to provide state of the art genetic testing.
TRUCHECK™ EARLY CANCER SCREENING BLOOD TEST
We also offer The TruCheck™ early cancer screening blood test. It is a thorough check for the existence of cancer in your body, identifying which type of cancer(s) you have, and from which organ they have originated. When you detect cancer in its early stage, treatment is more effective and the chances of a positive outcome are significantly increased.
THE DETAILS
To book your screening appointment, please call now: 0207 935 1000 Or email info@thelondongeneralpractice.com
The London General Practice 114a Harley Street, London W1G 7JL
OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK
Private GP Services thelondongeneralpractice.com Occupational Health and Corporate Health Services
Dr Paul Ettlinger BM, DRCOG, FRCGP, FRIPH, DOccMed
Where Science Meets Sophistication: Inside ALTA MediSpa
Founded by international entrepreneur, philanthropist and scientist Anastasia Koles, who holds both a Master of Science with a focus on cancer research and a Master’s in Aesthetics, ALTA MediSpa is redefining the future of advanced skincare and non-surgical rejuvenation. Originally established on London’s prestigious Harley Street, ALTA now operates in Central London and Beverly Hills, setting a new global standard for results that are clinically precise, naturally refined and deeply personalised.
Every treatment begins with a detailed consultation, followed by a bespoke plan developed by a world-class team of aesthetic doctors, dermatologists and plastic surgeons. With tens of thousands of procedures performed and a growing collection of prestigious industry awards, ALTA has become known for excellence, innovation and integrity in aesthetic medicine.
Renowned for its philosophy of elegant restraint, ALTA offers advanced injectables, intelligent skin therapies and full-face harmonisation, all grounded in evidence-based practice and a deep understanding of facial anatomy.
Guided by Anastasia’s commitment to meaningful impact, ALTA donates between three and ten percent of its profits to charitable initiatives in the UK and around the world.
At ALTA MediSpa, beauty is never manufactured. It is revealed with care, intelligence and intention.
ALTA MEDISPA LOCATIONS: 75-77 George street, London, W1U 8AQ | altamedispa.com | +44(777)111-6587 | info@altamedispa.com Los-Angeles, 9301 Wishire Blvd, suite 601, 90210 | +1 (424) 202-2868
BY WORLD’S LEADING MEDICAL EXPERTS
• Comprehensive Health Check
• Metabolic Anti-Ageing
• Regenerative Medicine
• Precision Oncology
• Genetic Medicine
• Doctors and Dentists
• Diagnotic Tests
• Nutritional Program
TRANSFORM YOUR SMILE WITH THE BEST IN COSMETIC DENTISTRY
Discover the art of a perfect smile at Dr. Doris Clinic — voted the Best Cosmetic Makeover Clinic. Led by one of the most experienced porcelain makeover dentists in the region, with a long track record of stunning results and happy patients still proudly wearing their porcelain veneers after 20 years. We use the latest high-definition full-colour 3D imaging for every case, ensuring precise planning for every angle in 3D and natural, beautiful results. All porcelain work is handcrafted by top Italian microscopic ceramists, and our Zirconia restorations are anti-bacterial, boast a 99% success rate with only one breakage in over two decades. Experience world-class cosmetic dentistry, where technology meets true artistry
EYE SPECIALISTS IN NORTH LONDON
St John & St Elizabeth Hospital in St John’s Wood offers modern treatment techniques and cutting-edge diagnostics for all eye conditions. They have specifically designed the clinic to offer the very best care and treatment for eye problems, all under one roof.
Their leading consultant ophthalmologists have access to the latest diagnostic testing and fully equipped operating theatres, allowing them to provide expert care for a wide range of eye conditions in a calm and comfortable setting.
The hospital, due to ever-increasing demand recently expanded its Eye Clinic.
The expansion includes:
• Investment in new equipment, including an upgraded slit lamp - this unique instrument permits three-dimensional visualisation and
measurement of the fine anatomy at the front, and inside of the eye.
• Created additional consulting room specifically for eye patients;
• Introduced a new patient sub-waiting area
The clinic’s team of expert eye consultants work in conjunction with a multi-disciplinary team that includes (amongst others) as well as optometrists, all of whom are experts in diagnosing and treating defects in eye movement and problems with how the eyes work together, and ophthalmic assistants, all of whom are specially trained in eye procedures.
Paired with the latest medical technology, the team can diagnose, treat, and provide aftercare for a broad array of eye conditions, including:
• Blepharoplasty – help improve your vision by removing obstructions and restoring a more
“The clinic’s doctors can also help treat urgent conditions, such as torn or detached retinas, and its specialist eyelid surgeons can help with anything from excess skin on the eyelids, misaligned eyelids, or complete eyelid reconstructions”
natural eyelid contour.
• Cataract surgery – cloudy areas that develop in the lens of the eye.
• Ptosis Correction - refers to the drooping of the upper eyelid, which can partially or completely cover the eye.
• Squint Correction - where your eyes point in different directions from each other.
The clinic’s consultants can also help treat urgent conditions, such as torn or detached retinas, and its specialist eyelid surgeons can help with anything from excess skin on the eyelids, misaligned eyelids, or complete eyelid reconstructions.
Did you know?
• 2 million people in the UK are living with vision loss severe enough to have a significant impact on their daily lives. Half of this sight loss is avoidable.
• An eye test can detect early signs of conditions like glaucoma, which can be treated if found soon enough. Other health conditions, such as high blood pressure can also be detected. Regular eye tests are an easy way to stay on top of your eye health and everyone over the age of 16 should be getting their eyesight checked every two years, even if they are not experiencing any problems with their eyes. Children should get their eyes tested more frequently – once every year.
THE DETAILS
If you would like to book a routine eye exam or have a specific eye issue you’d like checked out, call the friendly team on 020 7806 4060 Find out more hje.org.uk
Founded in 1856, St John & St Elizabeth Hospital is one of the UK’s largest independent private hospitals. Over the years, the hospital has earned a reputation for delivering the best possible outcomes with compassionate care, and it is proud to attract world-class consultants and dedicated nursing staff. All treatments in the hospital help support the onsite St John’s Hospice, which provides free quality-of-life care to over 4,000 people and their families each year.
St John & St Elizabeth Hospital 60 Grove End Road London NW8 9NH
THE FERTILITY CENTRE
Formerly the Assisted Conception Unit, The Fertility Centre is a longstanding centre of excellence for fertility treatment and care at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital. In 2021 they enlarged the Centre with a new satellite service at West Middlesex University Hospital, extending patient care and convenient access across West London.
The Centre provides a broad and comprehensive range of fertility services to their patients –including IVF, ICSI and IUI – but their areas of particular expertise, include the management of women and couples over the age of 40, premature ovarian ageing or low ovarian reserve, and male or sperm-related infertility issues.
Notwithstanding their expertise in these complex fields, The Fertility Centre continues to perform very well in its success rates. They hold one of the highest clinical pregnancy rates amongst NHS hospitals in the UK (please visit hfea.gov.uk for further information) and welcome NHS-funded patients and those seeking to selffund their care and treatment.
As well as treatment for those trying to conceive now, The Fertility Centre offer services for those who are considering their ability to conceive in the future. Fertility preservation through egg or embryo freezing is becoming increasingly popular and they can provide these services through their dedicated Fertility Preservation programme.
There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility:
• For social reasons
• Preparing to transition
• Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy
• If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts
If you are thinking about your fertility health for future years, they also provide a range of fertility assessments - with packages for individuals as well as couples. Alongside tests and assessments, expert clinicians can explain your results and advise you accordingly.
In addition to their clinical expertise and range of treatment options, The Fertility Centre understands the inevitable stress and anxiety of fertility treatment. They are committed to supporting you every step of the way throughout your treatment. This includes sessions with their British Infertility Counselling Association and UK Council for Psychotherapy accredited counsellors.
THE DETAILS
The Fertility Centre team is always happy to support you and answer any questions. If you want to learn more or are ready to start your fertility journey, please contact them on 020 3315 8585 or email chelwest.acu@nhs.net. chelwestprivatecare.co.uk/ fertility-centre
The Kensington Wing
The Kensington Wing is the dedicated private maternity unit at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, providing women and birthing people with around-the-clock clinical care, comfortable en-suite private rooms and hospitality services.
Located in the heart of Chelsea and Westminster Hospital – part of one of the UK’s top rated hospital Trusts – your baby’s and your safety and wellbeing are reassuringly supported at all times. The Kensington Wing is immediately located next to the hospital’s outstanding and newly expanded Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) and a consultant anaesthetist remains on site at all times 24/7, dedicated to the needs of our patients.
To ensure the safety of women, birthing people and birth partners, The Kensington Wing has important infection control procedures for staff and visitors to adhere to but remain welcoming to your chosen birth partner for all stages of your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay. Your individual room and en-suite facilities are a haven, and the catering and hospitality team ensures your stay is relaxing as well as safe. On the Kensington Wing the consultant obstetricians, midwives, nurses and maternity support workers provide care as a team and are delighted to offer both consultant-led and midwife-led maternity packages.
THE DETAILS
If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk
The Kensington Wing’s highly experienced team of midwives welcome enquiries and the opportunity to discuss midwife-led care in more detail. These ‘meet the midwife’ sessions are always a relaxed and special time to talk and discover more without any obligation. For those women and birthing people who are appropriate for midwife-led care, the team provide full support throughout your pregnancy and the midwifery team are available 24 hours seven days a week for advice or concerns throughout your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay.
The consultant-led care package allows you the choice of one of their experienced consultant obstetricians to personally guide you through your pregnancy and birth. Your consultant provides continuity and individualised expertise throughout your journey. They build a relationship with you and your partner through the antenatal period to give you confidence to birth safely with them in line with your birth preferences. They continue to support you through the postnatal period, including your 6 week postnatal check. All consultants are available to meet you and your birth partner without any obligation.
The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.
WHY WOULD I WANT AN IV DRIP?
In today’s fast-paced world, it’s no wonder more people are seeking fast, effective ways to boost their health and wellbeing. Whether it’s fatigue, dehydration, jet lag, or nutritional deficiencies like low iron or B12, IV drips are rapidly becoming the go-to wellness solution — and Effect Doctors is leading the way in London.
But why choose an IV drip over oral supplements? The answer lies in bioavailability. Oral supplements must pass through the digestive system, which can limit how much your body actually absorbs. IV therapy, on the other hand, delivers vitamins, minerals, and fluids directly into your bloodstream, allowing for near-complete absorption and faster, more noticeable results. This is especially important for individuals with digestive issues or chronic fatigue, where optimal nutrient uptake is essential.
Effect Doctors sees clients seeking relief from a wide range of symptoms — everything from hangovers and migraines to burnout, poor sleep, and weakened immunity. Many clients also come to address specific deficiencies, such as iron or vitamin D. Iron deficiency, for example, can lead to persistent tiredness, breathlessness, and brain fog, which are often quickly improved with a tailored IV infusion. Others look for skin-brightening drips or immune-boosting blends rich in vitamin C, zinc, and glutathione.
What sets Effect Doctors apart is our clinical experience. Founded by experienced NHS anaesthetists, every appointment includes a full consultation with a GMC-registered doctor, ensuring your treatment is both safe and completely personalised. Our nurses are highly trained, friendly, and professional, guiding you through every step of the process in our discreet, comfortable clinics. Our Central London location is easily accessible, and we’re thrilled to announce a brand-new clinic opening later this summer in Westfield White City — bringing cutting-edge wellness to West London in an even more convenient setting. Prefer the comfort of your home or hotel? No problem. Our mobile team brings the full clinic experience directly to you, with the same premium service and medical oversight. Seven days a week with appointments available every day.
With an extensive range of carefully formulated IV ingredients — from amino acids and B vitamins to NAD+, magnesium, biotin, and more — we design each drip to suit your body’s exact needs. Whether you’re recovering from illness, training hard, managing a long-term condition, or simply striving to feel your best, we’re here to help you achieve optimal health, quickly and safely.
To learn more or book your appointment, visit www.effectdoctors.com. Feel better, faster — with Effect Doctors.
Effect Doctors | Harley Street & Nationwide
To book your consultation or learn more, visit effectdoctors.com or call 020 7305 7608.
KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING
Since 2017 Effect Doctors have been delivering personalised, proactive healthcare solutions across London. Founded by two Consultant Anaesthetists and supported by a team of highly experienced nurses, Effect Doctors is one of the best known providers of IV (intravenous) therapies in London. Our focus is on delivering innovative and effective treatments for the individual.
Tailored healthcare designed to enhance your vitality and well being. Book us to come to your home, hotel or workplace, or visit us at our clinic in London’s Soho. Seven days a week and every evening, we always have appointments available on the day.
FEELING SUPER
Once a buzzword confined to health blogs and juice bars, superfoods have now firmly cemented their place in mainstream nutrition. While there’s no official scientific definition, superfoods are generally considered to be nutrient-dense foods packed with vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and phytochemicals—all of which can help support better health and protect against disease. From vibrant berries to deep-green leaves and omega-rich seeds, these powerhouse ingredients punch well above their weight when it comes to nutritional value.
Berries such as blueberries, acai, and goji are widely hailed for their high antioxidant content, which helps to fight oxidative stress and inflammation in the body—factors linked to ageing and chronic disease. Leafy greens like kale, spinach and Swiss chard offer generous amounts of vitamin K, iron, and calcium, making them great for bone health, circulation and energy. Then there are the healthy fats: avocados, walnuts and chia seeds, all of which deliver omega-3 fatty acids that benefit heart and brain function. Fermented superfoods like kimchi, sauerkraut and kefir contribute probiotics to the gut, promoting digestive health and potentially boosting immunity too.
Incorporating superfoods into your daily diet doesn’t have to be complicated or expensive. A simple handful of berries tossed into porridge or a smoothie can instantly boost your breakfast. Swap white rice for quinoa, a complete plant protein,
or sprinkle flaxseeds over yoghurt or salads for an easy fibre and omega-3 fix. Even dark chocolate— when it’s 70% cocoa or higher—can qualify as a superfood thanks to its flavonoid content. While superfoods alone won’t transform your health overnight, they can play a valuable role in a well-balanced, varied diet. The key is to enjoy them regularly and in combination with other whole foods. Think colourful plates, real ingredients, and a little forward planning. Whether you’re blending greens into smoothies, roasting sweet potatoes, or snacking on almonds, these natural nutrition boosters can be as delicious as they are beneficial.
TOP SUPERFOODS
Blueberries
Rich in antioxidants and vitamin C
Spinach
For iron, vitamin K, and folate
Kale
High in fibre, calcium, and antioxidants
Avocados
Loaded with healthy fats and potassium
Chia Seeds
Excellent source of omega-3s, protein, and fibre
Quinoa
A complete plant protein and gluten-free grain
Salmon
High in omega-3 fatty acids and lean protein
Sweet Potatoes
Rich in beta-carotene and fibre
Green Tea
Contains antioxidants like catechins
Broccoli
Full of vitamins C and K, and detoxifying compounds
Turmeric
Anti-inflammatory spice containing curcumin
Goji Berries
Antioxidant-rich and high in vitamin A
Greek Yogurt
High in protein and gut-friendly
Almonds
Packed with healthy fats, vitamin E, and magnesium
Dark Chocolate (70%+)
Contains flavonoids that benefit heart health
80 HARLEY ONE TO ONE
LEARN TO L VE YOUR SMILE
STREET, LONDON DENTAL CLINIC
The One-to-One Dental Clinic is a distinctive Harley Street practice, known for transforming smiles through expert care from a team of highly regarded clinicians.
Founded nearly 30 years ago by Dr Fazeela Khan-Osborne, the clinic offers a concierge-style service, combining top-tier dentistry with a 5-star experience. With the ethos “We don’t treat teeth, we treat people,” the practice features modern facilities including filtered air, a CBCT scanner, and an in-house dental lab to enhance patient care.
Together with advanced reconstructive dental surgeon Dr Nik Vourakis, Dr Khan-Osborne leads one of the UK’s top clinics for failing implants.
The clinic emphasises holistic, confidence-boosting care, offering a full range of routine and complex treatments such as implants, invisible braces, bridges, crowns, veneers, and complete smile makeovers.
From the initial consultation, every procedure is delivered with precision, using the latest technology and premium materials to ensure exceptional results.
The team’s expertise spans all areas of dentistry—from prevention and routine care to full mouth rehabilitation and jaw reconstruction for implant placement.
Dr Khan-Osborne is a recognised leader in implant and restorative dentistry, with extensive qualifications and international lecturing experience. Her expert team includes Dental Therapist Linzy Baker, who specialises in gum health, composite and facial aesthetics.
One-to-One is widely respected for its bespoke treatment plans, thoughtful approach, and commitment to long-term dental health and renewed confidence.
GENERAL DENTISTRY:
Check-ups & Cleanings: Essential for oral health and prevention.
Fillings: Repair decay-damaged teeth.
Root Canals: Treat infected or damaged tooth pulp.
Oral Surgery: Includes wisdom tooth removal.
Orthodontics: Corrects misaligned teeth and jaws.
COSMETIC DENTISTRY:
Dental Implants: Permanent tooth replacements.
Crowns & Bridges: Restore or replace damaged teeth.
Veneers: Improve tooth appearance with thin coverings.
Teeth Whitening: Lightens tooth color.
Invisalign: Clear aligners for teeth straightening.
Composite Bonding: Repairs chips, cracks, or gaps.
OTHER SERVICES:
Prosthodontics: Restores and replaces teeth/oral tissues.
Endodontics: Treats dental pulp and surrounding tissue.
Emergency Care: Urgent treatment for dental issues.
WEIGHT LOSS INJECTIONS: Myths, Facts & What You Really Need to Know
By Dr Will Turner, Effect Doctors
The rise of weight loss injections like Wegovy and Mounjaro has generated excitement, but also confusion. As a doctor at Effect Doctors, I’ve seen these treatments change lives—but I’ve also seen how misinformation can derail success. Let’s bust some of the biggest myths.
Myth 1: “You don’t need to change your lifestyle.”
Wrong. These medications reduce appetite, but they don’t do the heavy lifting for you. Without real changes to sleep, diet, and activity, weight loss can stall—or rebound. At Effect Doctors, we treat the medication as a tool, not a magic fix. Our plans include support with nutrition, exercise, and habit change.
Myth 2: “It’s just for people who don’t try hard enough.”
Obesity isn’t a willpower issue—it’s a medical one. These drugs work by targeting the brain-gut axis, not motivation. Using them is no different than using insulin for diabetes. Our approach is compassionate, evidence-based, and tailored to individual metabolic health.
Myth 3: “You’ll keep the weight off when you stop.”
Weight regain is common unless the root causes are addressed. That’s why we build sustainable habits while you’re on the medication—and support you through a structured taper when it’s time to stop.
Myth 4: “Everyone gets the same results.”
Not true. Genetics, gut health, and lifestyle all affect how well you respond. Our clinicians monitor progress through bloods and body composition, adjusting plans accordingly.
Myth 5: “You’ll lose muscle.”
Only if your plan is poorly designed. We ensure our patients get enough protein, resistance training, and micronutrient support—including bespoke IV therapy when needed.
These medications are powerful—but only when used properly. At Effect Doctors, we combine clinical oversight with personalised care to make sure your journey is safe, sustainable, and effective.
Read more about this in our blog here effectdoctors.com
FREE Sessions Available Via This Advert plus LOW COST Use-At-Home Packages. Enquire online now or discuss with experts on 0207 935 9120
HOUSE & GARDEN
– A collection of London’s finest house and garden companies –
IMAGE: CHAPLINS
INTERIORS
BACK TO BLACK
This Dressing Table Stool & Pair of Large 3 Drawer Bedside Tables from the Hales Black Range is a stylish luxurious furniture set perfect for a bedroom or dressing room space. Crafted from coated MDF and metal this set comprises of a pair of 3 drawer bedside tables a one drawer console table and a matching stool. Each piece come with fluted detailing and a black finish. melodymaison.co.uk
FALLING IN LOVE
Classic but smart, our Ashby loveseat features a contemporary take on Chesterfield design. Boasting opulent tufted back and arms, the loveseat offers deep cushioned, supportive seat, perfect for 2 people to snuggle into. daals.co.uk
CHIC COMFORT
The stylish Rizado Faux Sheepskin Armchair is a chic take on comfort, upholstered in soft imitation sheepskin with a white hue, and set in a hard wood, darkly stained frame. With curved arms and a deep-set seat, this statement armchair is the perfect finishing touch to a cosy corner. oliverbonas.com
SIMPLE CLASSIC
Elevate your dining space with the minimalist elegance of this Japandi-style Nobu dining chair. Blending Scandinavian simplicity with Japanese functionality, this wooden dining chair features clean lines, gently tapered legs, and a low-profile silhouette. cultfurniture.com
READY TO SERVE
A perfect combination of fun and functional- this black octagonal tray features a very chic yellowgold floral geometric pattern. If you need a new tray (which we all do) then this is an excellent and elegant choice. jjoannawood.com
Shaping the future of furniture
The shapes within our surroundings are key to the atmosphere and ambience of the home. Beyond aesthetic appeal, the contours and forms of furniture influence how we move, interact, and feel within a space. Even the subtlest shapes can enhance functionality, foster social interaction, and impact our mood. Here, we take a closer look at three shapely trends that are bringing a fresh perspective to interior design.
SOFT ANGLED SOFAS:
Sofa design has revolved around curves for a while now. A long while. Roundness, bends, arcs... everything’s been smooth. Well, no more – the Softly Angled sofa has entered the building. There’s no need to get your protractors out, just know that the points of these sofas are low key, the joins wide. Loose. Languid. L-shapes have
relaxed, corners are calmer, and forms less rigid. The designs have the feel of casually- carved rock, of being eroded by the elements – a balance of structure and gentleness, high architecture meeting sink-into-me squishiness.
Soft Angled sofas feel like the result of several recent trends in one. Roundness and curves. The organic. Asymmetry. The widening of sofa options. Do they come across as a compromise? Quite the opposite, they’re like the final creation after years of experimenting and testing. Eureka! To live with they’re simple, humble, and gently alluring, fitting into a room easily, working with all other shapes and bringing comfort without fuss or drama.
How to work a Softly Angled sofa? Contrast against its geometry by pairing it with tactile elements like cushions and throws to balance things out, and furnishings that have either clean, straight lines or out-there curves for contrast
“How to work a Softly Angled sofa? Contrast against its geometry by pairing it with tactile elements like cushions”
and visual interest. Keep the surrounding decor minimal to let the sofa’s distinctiveness be the star of the show – make sure to position it somewhere it can be ooh and ahh’d over – and revel in a design rarity; something that’s bold and attentiongrabbing, but never ostentatious.
BREAKING THE SURFACE:
There’s been a furniture design breakthrough. Quite literally. It’s the table legs – they’ve rebelled. Sick of being resigned to the shadowy underside of the table, many pieces are seeing the leg tops push through the table surface so they can really be involved in dinner and conversation. Along with adding and unusual kind of decoration, and often bringing a different type of material more into the eye line, it makes for a great game of furniture peek-a-boo.
It feels fun. Mischievous. Like it’s breaking some kind of this-belongs-here, this-belongs- here kind of rule, and honestly, we’re in the mood for some more boundary breaking. The look is raw and playful, a wry smirk at convention while also delivering a moment of surprise at the dinner table, and makes the space all the more alive.
CONCAVE CURVES:
A micro trend though it may be, concave forms on interiors objects are captivating for their subtle depth and allure. They beckon the eye with in, creating volume and a play of light and shade, adding both softness and forming a striking edge at the front to balance elegance with strong architectural presence.
Concave forms are a contrast to the outwardly
rounded shapes that have dominated for a while. These curves pull you forward, creating the impression of shelter with their chiselled sense of dimensionality. It’s a design feature that’s classic and instantly recognisable, as well as comforting and unexpectedly dramatic.
When bringing the concave into the home, think about teaming it with flatter surfaces and straight lines to really let those inward undulations pop, and allow the scooped-out elements to serve as focal points. Keep the surrounding palette clean and minimal to highlight their prominent structural character, and ensure the contours stand out without competing with anything else in the room. chaplins.co.uk
“A micro trend though it may be, concave forms on interiors objects are captivating for their subtle depth and allure. They beckon the eye with in, creating volume and a play of light and shade, adding both softness and forming a striking edge at the front to balance elegance with strong architectural presence”
CHECKMATE: THE CHEQUERBOARD EDIT FOR AUTUMN/WINTER
From the stately charm of period properties to contemporary interiors, chequerboard tiling lends timeless character to bathrooms, kitchens, hallways and entrances, with traditional black and white – chessboard style – a standout winner.
with an aged and distressed effect mimicking the scratches and imperfections of centuries old marble flooring. Chalfont Antiqued Red is a classic rust red toned marble effect with contrasting white veining. Available in a small 300 x 300 square tile size that can be paired with other shades of the Chalfont range for a timeless chequerboard tile look.
NATURAL MARBLE
For those seeking a truly elevated take on the chequerboard look, natural marble offers an unmistakable sense of refinement, with the Riviera marble range being the perfect choice. The Riviera tiles have a smooth, honed surface with straight cut edges, making them ideal for a variety of different spaces, from classic hallways to timeless bathrooms. The Riviera range is available in four beautiful shades; from black and white, to burgundy and emerald. They can be laid by themselves or combined with other shades for a classic chequerboard tile look. Also available as a decorative metro tile. The Riviera Burgundy honed marble tiles are an elegant burgundy with intricate white and cream veining. The Riviera Emerald honed marble tiles are a rich green with intricate white and grey veining.
ABOUT QUORN STONE
This autumn/winter, Quorn Stone is predicting a resurgence in chequerboard tiles in UK homes; still classic in appearance but embracing the trending moodier and earthy tones of the season.
The UK’s leading specialist of natural stone and porcelain tiles has introduced a range of new chequerboard patterned tiles to complement its existing classic designs.
Comments Isabel Fernandez, director of Quorn Stone: “This coming season, we’re expecting to see a renewed love for chequerboard tiles— not as a fleeting trend, but as a timeless design choice that bridges heritage and modernity. Rich hues like emerald and burgundy offer a modern twist, adding warmth, depth and quiet drama that feel perfectly suited to autumn-winter interiors.”
The Chalfont range of marble effect tiles offers an authentic porcelain replica of natural marble
The Berrittini Nero Marquina is a beautiful marble effect tile in a bold and striking black hue with subtle white and grey veining from tile to tile. This porcelain is an authentic replica of natural Nero Marquina marble with realistic details. The Berrittini Nero Marquina is a black marble effect tile that can be paired with our white Berrittini Carrara for a chequerboard look.
The Julieta Black & White chequered pattern tiles offer a charming decorative tile with the feel of vintage or Victorian tiles perfect for kitchens, bathrooms, hallways and entrances alike. Made to replicate the look of classic chequerboard tiles, each tile is divided into nine smaller patterns with scored joints. Once grouted, the rustic white matt base and contrasting glazed black surface design emulates an authentic checkerboard floor. mystonefloor.com
Quorn Stone was founded in 1995 by Ramon Fernandez who imported artisan hand painted terracotta tiles from Manises, Spain. These small yet beautiful tiles ignited the company’s lifelong passion for natural stone materials in the home. Their dedication for sourcing and importing beautiful natural stone from around the globe now spans two generations as they continue to source high quality, classic tiles and delivering outstanding customer service. All products are available online with a free sample service, in addition to the nine inspirational UK showrooms in Leicestershire, Surrey, Hertfordshire, Bury St Edmunds, Bristol, Solihull, Harrogate, Winchester and most recently, Essex.
Kitchen Makeover
Discover By Haleys’ exquisite menu of expressive wall murals
More than just a place to cook, the kitchen is the heart of the home.
And if it’s time to show your kitchen a little love, family-run wall covering specialists By Haleys has the answer with its timeless collection of murals.
Like all good recipes, By Haleys’ wall murals have the perfect mix of ingredients needed to create a masterpiece.
Combining colour, pattern and exquisite attention to detail, they have been designed to bring personality and vibrancy to one of the most functional spaces in the home.
Available on exceptionally durable Premier Vinyl, By Haleys’ wall murals are as practical as they are beautiful. The substrate has a washable surface – perfect for wiping away the odd splash or two – and good light fastness to ensure a lengthy lifespan.
Richard Haley, Creative Director of By Haleys, said: “The kitchen is a place where people naturally gather; whether it’s to prepare a meal together, share stories of our days or just spend time in each other’s company.
“Our vibrant wall murals offer the perfect backdrop, inviting people to linger.
“They are deeply expressive and bring character and personality to one of the most utilitarian rooms in the home.”
“They have been designed to bring personality and vibrancy to one of the most functional spaces in the home”
Among the designs available are Arbour, a fantasy woodland that is enchanting and dramatic, the free-flowing Eden and Resplendence, a floral explosion.
All designs are hand-painted by By Haleys’ artists, all members of the Haley family who have mastered their skills under the tutelage of patriarch Geoff.
byhaleys.com
Specialising in a wide selection of new, old and new Persian, Turkish, Caucasian and Turkmen carpets. Various antique, old and new Kilims available. Professional hand-cleaning and restoration service. We buy old and antique carpets – even damaged rugs. Part-exchange and evaluations.
312 Upper Richmond Road West, East Sheen, London SW14 7JN Tel & Fax: 0208 876 0070 | info@rugstoreonline.co.uk www.rugstoreonline.co.uk
Morgan Ellis Lifts: Elevating Lifestyles to the Next Level
Morgan Ellis Lifts, a leading provider of bespoke home elevators, have been transforming homes across the UK for over 10 years, elevating lifestyles to the next level. Specialising in stylish, luxurious, and accessible lifts, they offer an end-toend service that includes supply, installation and building works. Whether it’s a through-floor lift retrofitted into an existing home, a shaft elevator incorporated into a newbuild, or the innovative Pneumatic Vacuum Elevators (PVE) to elevate overall design, Morgan Ellis have a wide range of products to ensure each project is tailored to meet the client’s needs.
As approved suppliers of top brands such as Stiltz, Aritco, and Altura, the company provides a range of products that combine cutting-edge technology with sophisticated design. From sleek finishes to customised colours and sizes, Morgan Ellis delivers a completely bespoke and luxury solution for every home. Their expert team work closely with architects, contractors, and homeowners to ensure a seamless integration of the lift into the home’s overall design. A home lift isn’t just an accessibility solution, they are also a statement feature of the home. Morgan Ellis ensures the product is to the client’s individual taste, not only because of their diverse range, but they can also offer the option of a completely bespoke cabin fit out which allows the client to choose from hundreds of finishes, providing
something for everyone.
Morgan Ellis not only specialises in home lifts, they also offer a range of commercial lifts for public spaces and car lifts which can seamlessly take you from an underground garage to your driveway with ease. As well as this, they provide exceptional aftercare to their existing and new clients, including servicing and maintenance of their products. This commitment to customer satisfaction extends well beyond installation, ensuring that lifts remain in top condition for years to come.
With a nationwide reach, and a showroom in Amersham where you can view and experience their products as well as discuss your requirements with their expert team, Morgan Ellis Lifts continues to be a trusted name in luxury home solutions. Whether you’re building, renovating, or simply enhancing your home’s accessibility, Morgan Ellis promises to elevate your lifestyle to the next level.
THE DETAILS
For more information, visit morganellis.co.uk. E: enquiries@morganellis.co.uk T: 01702 780002
Showroom Address: Sky House Design Centre, Raans Rd, Amersham, HP6 6FT
FROM DATED TO DREAMY
Bathroom Renovation Case Study
Adated and undersized bathroom in a 1940s semi-detached home in Winchmore Hill has undergone a remarkable transformation, culminating in a luxurious, hotel-inspired sanctuary. At the heart of this stunning renovation, a Matki EauZone Shower stands out as the undisputed show-stopping centrepiece.
Homeowners Helen Cathcart (44), an interior photographer, and Chris Mason (50), along with their son Freddie (6), faced a common dilemma: a tiny, 40- year-old bathroom with yellow tiles, brown carpet, weak water pressure, and an impractical shower-over-bath setup. “Climbing into the bath to have a shower in front of the window, with barely any water pressure, was a daily struggle,” recalls Helen.
The solution was a bold architectural rethink. After exploring various layouts, their builder proposed an ingenious room swap: converting Freddie’s larger bedroom into the new family bathroom. This pivotal decision allowed for the creation of a truly spacious and luxurious showering area.
Helen’s vision for the new space was “hotel luxury, traditional with a modern twist.” Inspired by her work photographing high-end interiors, she envisioned a serene green bathroom with a classic black and white floor and warm brass accents. A freestanding bath was a must, but the shower needed to be powerful and luxuriously expansive.
The Matki EauZone shower door was the perfect fit. Chris had previously disliked open showers due to water splashing, making a highquality, enclosed solution essential. “I found it really difficult to find nice shower doors until I discovered Matki!” Helen explains. The chosen Matki EauZone Hinge Door (1100mm width, Polished Gold finish) features 10mm solid safety glass, pure brass frames, a stylish curved handle, and non-slip hinges, all beautifully matching the new polished gold brassware throughout the room.
Its flush-to- floor design eliminated the need for a tiled step, contributing to the sleek, luxurious feel.
“It’s actually really nice to feel enclosed in there,” Helen adds. “Despite the hidden tray and brass drainage slot adding unexpected costs, the result is a truly amazing, spacious, and luxurious shower.”
Complementing the Matki centrepiece, the bathroom features subtle black and white marble checkerboard floor tiles from Mandarin Stone, and stunning green Ca’ Pietra Zellige wall tiles, applied halfway up the walls for a less overwhelming effect. Underfloor heating provides an extra touch of “grown- up” luxury, while polished gold brassware, a preference cultivated by Helen’s work in luxury hotels, adds warmth and opulence.
The project, which included the Matki shower screen, BC Designs bath and brassware, tiling, plumbing, and building works, totalled £34,000. Thanks to a highly recommended builder, the renovation was completed on time and within budget.
Helen’s advice for others embarking on a bathroom renovation: “It is a big expense, so know where to compromise. Think about storage – you need to hide ugly things! And it’s worth paying the extra for good water pressure; you shower every day, enjoy it!” This case study perfectly illustrates how strategic design and premium products like the Matki EauZone shower door can transform a functional space into a personal haven. For further information and a list of local stockists visit matki.co.uk
THE DORCHESTER UNVEILS
THE OLIVER MESSEL SUITE;
A RESTORATION OF CHARACTER AND CARE
The Dorchester will reopen the Oliver Messel Suite this November following a detailed restoration of one of Britain’s most singular hotel interiors. The revival has returned every element of the suite to its original 1953 brilliance.
Led by Hare & Humphreys, specialists in restoration and conservation, the process called for over 2,000 hours of work and more than 2,750 sheets of 23.5-carat gold leaf, applied using traditional techniques.
First revealed in 1953 and created by stage designer Oliver Messel, the suite has been returned to life with an exacting precision that honours its theatrical spirit, unapologetic craft and cultural importance.
The project reflects The Dorchester’s continued commitment to celebrating places with depth and meaning. Led by some of the country’s most skilled artisans and conservators, the work brings clarity and intention back to a suite long known for its playful elegance and layered design.
The floral silk wallcoverings, originally selected by Messel, were reissued exclusively for the suite. Other fabrics include azalea-pink silks and a re-woven imperial yellow Ottoman cloth for the bed canopy.
Among the discoveries was a hand-painted mural on the domed ceiling between the corridor and drawing room. An arch of roses painted by Messel himself, long hidden beneath layers of paint, has now been carefully revealed and restored as a quiet gesture to the artist, and the spirit, behind the room.
The Special Projects team worked alongside historians, conservators and original records, to ensure that every detail returned with accuracy and intention.
The Messel Suite’s return follows the hotel’s most significant transformation in over thirty years, including the renovation of guest rooms, The Promenade and Vesper Bar.
With the suite restored to its full theatrical splendour, The Dorchester takes another step into its evolution.
The story continues this September. The restoration of the Penthouse and Pavilion will follow in early 2026.
HARE & HUMPHREYS
We are delighted to have been entrusted to work with The Dorchester Special Projects Team to deliver this most prestigious renovation. The Dorchester is a London landmark set in the heart of Mayfair with views over Hyde Park. As part of Dorchester Collection, it has welcomed the world’s most discerning guests since its opening in 1931.
Our specialist services
Our team of highly skilled painters, decorators, gilders and conservators can manage diverse projects, from restoring a listed building to creating bespoke finishes in contemporary interiors. We can provide a range of interior design finishes for example painting, graining, gilding, trompe l’oeil, polished plasters, wallpaper and embossed leather.
Come and see us at our newly refurbished workshop and studio where we can help you translate your ideas and projects into reality.
Our plan for the future
2025 has begun with the appointment of new management with a dynamic vision and mandate to expand opportunities in the conservation & heritage sector as well as generate controlled growth whilst fully respecting and retaining the traditions and ethics of the company. Hare & Humphreys new MD Thomas Wallerand states that “our founding principles of quality, fairness, integrity and a warm customer focussed service will remain implicit in all that we do as we grow our business, and our people without compromising customer satisfaction.”
Contact
Thomas Wallerand, Managing Director Mobile: 07947313453
An accessible bathroom isn’t just a solution for today, it’s an investment in comfort, dignity, and long-term independence. Whether you’re adapting a space for a specific need or simply future-proofing your home, an accessibilityfocused design can offer both peace of mind and beautiful, liveable design. At Ripples, they believe accessibility and elegance go hand in hand. Senior Designer Jo, from Ripples London, has worked with many clients to deliver bathrooms that offer more than functionality, they provide confidence, ease, and joy in daily life.
“Accessible design should never feel like a compromise. When done right, it brings freedom, dignity and comfort - wrapped in beautiful, thoughtful design.”
A well-designed accessible bathroom supports more than just physical needs. It enhances wellbeing. It gives back independence. For those living with reduced mobility, chronic illness, or neurodiverse conditions, even the smallest of details, like a level-access shower or the thoughtful placement of controls, can make a huge difference.
With bathrooms typically lasting upwards of a decade, it’s vital to consider how your space may need to evolve. Whether you’re anticipating future needs or designing for the present, Ripples designers ensure every element is considered from both a practical and aesthetic perspective.
Design-led accessibility means discreet grab rails that double as towel holders, elegant wall-mounted sanitaryware for ease of use, and non-slip flooring that looks as luxurious as it is safe. Walk-in wetrooms can feel spa-like with the right materials, and lighting, such as motion-sensor LEDs under floating vanity units, can elevate both function and ambience.
Smart features like app-controlled lighting or thermostatic showers offer ease of use while blending seamlessly into a contemporary scheme. Storage can be designed to be easily accessible without feeling utilitarian, think soft-close drawers, pull-out shelving and touch-to-open cabinets in beautiful finishes.
At Ripples, these choices are never afterthoughts. Every element is selected with intention, ensuring the final space feels curated, calm, and cohesive - while supporting the unique needs of the user.
Future-proofing your bathroom isn’t about preparing for limitations, it’s about designing for freedom. Freedom to enjoy a space that works now and evolves with you, without compromising on the experience of luxury. With Ripples, you don’t have to choose between style and functionality, you can have both. Beautifully designed and expertly delivered.
Visit Ripples London at 26 England’s Lane, Belsize Park, London NW3 4TG, ripplesbathrooms.com or call 020 7449 9594.
“Smart features like app-controlled lighting or thermostatic showers offer ease of use while blending seamlessly into a contemporary scheme. Storage can be designed to be easily accessible without feeling utilitarian, think soft-close drawers, pull-out shelving and touch-to-open cabinets in beautiful finishes”
Hello@felinfach.com www.felinfach.com
DNEW COLOURS
New Wallpaper from Divine Savages
ivine Savages is excited to unveil two new wallpaper colourways for autumn: ‘Portobello Parade’ is being released in Blue Haze whilst ‘Lovebirds’ is given the Burnt Sienna treatment. Both wallpapers are £159/roll, available at www.divinesavages.com.
Lovebirds continues to charm with its elegant depiction of avian courtship, bringing a warm, romantic touch to interiors. Portobello Parade is a whimsical, detail-rich illustrated design, drawing inspiration from an eccentric, bygone era when it wasn’t unusual to spot exotic leopards, lions or lemurs strolling through Regencystyle city streets. With each glance, you’ll discover something new, it’s a delightfully surreal celebration of British history and imagination.
ABOUT DIVINE SAVAGES
Since launching in 2017, Divine Savages has been leading the way in witty, maximalist decor. Founded by husbands Jamie Watkins and Tom Kennedy, the brand mixes influences from a melting pot of history, culture, fashion and the natural world around us, and always with their signature Divine Savages twist.
Your home will come alive with their carefully curated collections that bring a taste of the unexpected. divinesavages.com
Palais et Château
Sales of natural wooden products at French Bedroom have risen by 34%, confirming what tastemakers already know: the unfinished and authentic beauty of Châteaucore is firmly back in style.
As the V&A prepares to unveil the exhibition: ‘Marie Antoinette Style’ this September, French Bedroom celebrates the enduring allure of castles and palaces through the romantic lens of Châteaucore - a revival of French aristocratic elegance that continues to inspire modern interiors. With velvet upholstery, gilded trims, and rococo silhouettes, the collection channels Versailles-level opulence in a way that feels both nostalgic and relevant.
Fittingly, Marie Antoinette remains an icon of this aesthetic, though often misunderstood. The phrase “Let them eat cake”, long misattributed to her, was never uttered by the queen herself but has endured as a symbol of perceived extravagance and detachment. In reality, her legacy is far more nuanced, echoing the same tension that Châteaucore plays with today: a love for refinement and beauty, tempered by a yearning for authenticity.
While modern design embraces clean lines and minimalism, Châteaucore offers its own form of refinement that is rich in detail, emotionally expressive, and entirely curated. Georgia Metcalfe, Founder and Creative Director at French Bedroom, says: “The key is to keep it relaxed, ensuring a good balance of antique, vintage, and new. Fresh bed linen and soft furnishings coupled with vintage accessories is how we are styling Châteaucore.”
Although these styles may seem worlds apart, both share a devotion to craftsmanship, atmosphere, and thoughtful design. In contemporary interiors, an elegant chandelier
such as our La Petite Chambery 6-Arm French Chandelier, or the intricately carved Glorious Gilt Mirror, becomes more than decoration—it becomes a story, a memory, a mood. Châteaucore does not reject the modern. It softens it, adding a sense of beauty that is deeply personal and poetically lived. frenchbedroom.co.uk
Dark Side of the Room
How to style your interior with black
WCreate Contrast with Lighter Walls and Floors
Balance the boldness of black furniture with white, cream, or light grey backdrops. Faye said: “If you want to weave black furnishings into the home, setting them against a light backdrop will avoid a heavy or dark atmosphere.”
Introduce Natural Elements
Add wood, rattan, leather, or stone accessories to bring organic contrast and break up the monochrome palette. Faye said: “Using natural materials will not only look great but bring a sense of biophilia into your new décor.”
Accent with Metallic Finishes Gold, brass, or chrome accents in lighting, or décor elevate black furniture and add sophistication. Faye said: “Using metallic finishes alongside black furnishings will elevate the feeling of luxury throughout the home.”
hen it comes to enduring appeal and timeless chic, black furnishings have it in spades. Which is why luxury homeware retailer Olivia’s has curated an exclusive collection to inspire homeowners to embrace the dark side.
Handpicked by Olivia’s team of expert interior designers, the four-strong Black Edit by O&Co combines luxury, purpose and a striking black finish to bring understated glamour to any interior scheme.
Faye Simons, Head of Interior Design at Olivia’s, said: “Black furnishings bring together versatility and aesthetic appeal unlike any other colourway. They bring richness and luxury, working in harmony with a wide colour palette to enhance and exaggerate any space.”
Want to embrace black furnishings but not sure where to start? Faye shares her top tips on how to incorporate black into the home this autumn:
Play with Patterns and Prints
Geometric rugs, striped cushions, or patterned wallpaper can inject energy and visual interest into a black furniture setting. Faye said: “Patterns will bring black furnishings to life, adding depth, dimension and interest.”
Keep the Space Well-Lit
Maximise natural light and use layered artificial lighting to ensure the room doesn’t feel too heavy. Faye said: “Floor lamps, sconces, pendants are your best friend when designing with black furnishings, use them to highlight your favourite elements.
Use Black as a Unifying Element
Echo black around the home in the smaller details. Faye said: “As well as statement furnishings, use picture frames, sculptures or vases to tie the room together and create visual cohesion.” olivias.com
- Smart Lighting
- Smart Blinds & Curtains
- Bespoke Home Cinema
- WiFi & Networking
- Multi Room Entertainment
AV LOUNGE INSTALL ATIONS
- Security & CCTV
Feel-good lounging from Cult
We’re excited to drop our latest sofa collection, a line-up that’s big on style, comfort and sustainability. Think: scrollstopping shapes, cloud-level comfort, and fabrics that are kind to the planet.
Meet Connick, Ava, Hattie and Celeste – four effortlessly cool 3-seaters, each bringing their own vibe. Whether you’re after retro curves, clean lines or soft neutrals, there’s a piece for every space (and every Netflix binge).
Designed to elevate your home and made using eco-conscious materials, this collection proves you don’t have to compromise on aesthetics to do good. Plus all our pieces also come with the convenience of next-day delivery for in-stock items.
Comfy, conscious, and cool, just how we like it!
Making a stylish (and conscious) statement, the Connick 3-Seater Sofa is where high-end vibes meet low-impact living. Upholstered in a luxe truffle brown mohair-style velvet made from 100% recycled PET yarns, it’s proof that sustainability can be seriously sauve. With its rich tone and refined texture, Connick adds a layer of quiet luxury to any room, without compromising the planet.
Say hello to the Ava 3-Seater Sofa, where laidback luxury meets eco-conscious design. Wrapped in a speckled stone sustainable boucle, Ava brings a soft, textural vibe that’s as easy on the eyes as it is on the planet. It’s the perfect mix of modern minimalism and cosy sophistication, making it a go-to for anyone looking to level up their living space with both style and substance.
Bringing a little boldness to the sofa scene, the Hattie 3-Seater in Mossy Green is all about statement style and feel-good comfort. With its sculptural ridged detailing and irresistibly soft upholstery, Hattie hits that sweet spot between trend-forward and timeless. It’s the kind of piece that instantly elevates a space; effortlessly cool,
seriously comfy, and designed to stand out in all the right ways.
Continuing our love affair with comfort, meet the Celeste 3-Seater Sofa, where clean lines meet ultimate cosiness. Wrapped in soft ecru boucle, Celeste brings that elevated, modern aesthetic while delivering on the kind of plush, supportive seating you won’t want to leave. Minimalist in form, maximalist in comfort, it’s the perfect blend of chic and chill for any space.
With this launch, Cult continues to blur the lines between design and lifestyle, proving that furniture can be both beautiful and better for the planet. Whether you’re styling your first flat, upgrading your space, or just sofa-curious, this collection offers the kind of laid-back luxury that fits seamlessly into modern living.
It’s not just a sofa. It’s a vibe. Explore the full line-up now at cultfurniture.com
Mary Gannon Design
“Mary was excellent at understanding exactly what we wanted stylistically and then showing us the greater potential of what we had desired. Her schemes were all well thought out and practical while also exactly what we wanted aesthetically: some rooms playful, other rooms restful, all rooms beautiful and thoughtful”.
— Private client, London
INTERIOR DESIGN/PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
Since 2009 we have taken great pride in doing what we love: creating beautiful interiors tailored to your lifestyle that will continue to delight for years to come.
To discuss your project needs, please contact Mary via the details below.
For Autumn/Winter 2025, Nkuku unveils a beautifully curated collection of furniture, home accessories and textiles, where timeless design meets traditional craft – alongside the launch of their new Interior Design Service.
The approach of a new season brings with it the opportunity to refresh and organise our homes for the year ahead. For Autumn/Winter 2025, Nkuku has expanded their beautifully crafted bedroom furniture collections, including handcrafted bed frames made from rustic reclaimed wood ceiling beams, as well as solid acacia wood with an elegant deep walnut finish. New bedside tables and chests of drawers with unique finishes and hand finished design details offer ideal storage solutions for any style and size room. New bed linen collections made in Portugal from natural cotton and hemp along with rust and moss-coloured velvet and linen quilts bring layers of tactile comfort, creating the perfect space to relax and unwind as the season changes.
New additions to the Ibo furniture collection, crafted from reclaimed wood salvaged from traditional Indian transport trucks, provide ideal freestanding storage for the kitchen and dining room. Glazed cabinets in three sizes each feature spacious shelves, perfect for organising pantry items, books, vases or display pieces. These versatile pieces bring warmth, texture and functionality to any room, while antique brass
details add character and vintage charm.
A new line of Valinha earthenware has been introduced to bring texture and richness to autumn dining. Each piece is crafted from Portuguese clay, hand-poured into moulds and finished by skilled artisans. The reactive glaze is applied in layers, creating subtle tonal variations that reflect the hand of the maker. Featuring a variety of serveware, this new collection is perfect for large gatherings or simple midweek suppers. Nkuku’s best-selling Indigo Drop tableware, made by skilled makers in Vietnam, will now be available in a beautiful Juniper Green colourway. The brand’s Yala glassware will also be introduced in a serene sage green hue, adding depth and interest to the dining table.
Autumn will also see the launch of Nkuku’s first home fragrance collection, featuring five carefully curated scent stories. The range, which includes candles and diffusers, is scented with Sea Salt & Moss, Cedarwood & Fig, and Cardamom & Amber, adding an additional layer of seasonal interest to the home. Alongside these signature scents, the collection will also include two festive fragrances, warming Mandarin & Clove and
“Autumn will also see the launch of Nkuku’s first home fragrance collection, featuring five carefully curated scent stories”
In March 2020 during the most unprecedented times, our family decided that we have to do something good and better to supply our products to the people of the United Kingdom.
We created our goal that we have to bring and offer something good and positive which will keep everyone happy and healthy, and at any place (home, study place, working/ business or even leisure places).
We decided to import and sell by ourselves, in the United Kingdom, products which will treat and improve quality of air and as well products which will make us healthier and improve taste of water.
Why products which treat and improve quality of Air & Water? Because Air and Water are vital components that humanity and everything that is on our planet need to have. From now on, our mission is to offer products are that are cost effective and Eco Friendly – to make You/ Your Family/ Your Friends/ Your Colleagues stay healthy and happy.
FIND + AcsaCi products on AMAZON UK
Together with us, is an international experienced & energetic team with more than 10 Years Experience with searching, developing new products/ new projects, to control and assure quality of each product and to supply whole of the world. We are ready to learn to improve our products, from you (our customers), our suppliers and partners and leaders of the market. We will always do our best to aspire to achieve our mission. THANK YOU FOR YOUR
DOUBLE WALL
DOUBLE WALL DIGITAL, KEEP WARM
GLASS TEA POT ROUND & SQUARE
fresh Juniper & Pine.
New lighting pieces, such as the Jahari Woven Jute Pendant and Cija Rattan Table Lamp, offer an elegant update to interior lighting schemes whilst antique brass lanterns and recycled glass tealight and candle holders can be styled throughout the home bringing interest to console and coffee tables or a statement tablescapes.
Poppy Munson, Product Developer at Nkuku, comments on the new collection:
“The cooler months and darker nights generally mean we spend more time at home. It’s a time when we really notice the things around us and what makes a cosy home to hunker down in until the arrival of spring. It’s with this in mind that we’ve created a beautifully curated collection for Autumn/Winter 2025, including a variety of new furniture styles for those looking to invest in larger pieces for the home — whether that’s substantial storage to get the house in order for Christmas, or new bed styles to create a cosy space for lazy winter mornings.”
relaxed, friendly conversation, where a member of the design team gets to know the client’s style, space and what they hope to achieve.
A dedicated designer will then create a tailored proposal, including layout plans, mood boards and a curated shopping list to bring the client’s vision to life. Once the design is approved, the team will arrange delivery, manage the logistics and, if desired, unpack, install and style the space to completion.
“New home accessories and tableware offer easy updates that can be effortlessly woven into existing decoration and homeware collections. Our new home fragrance collection has been a couple of years in the making, and we’re so pleased with how it’s come together — featuring unique scents and reusable glass vessels that can be repurposed around the home.”
This season also marks the launch of Nkuku’s new Interior Design Service.
Every space should feel intentional, shaped by thoughtful choices and natural materials that bring warmth and meaning to the home. Nkuku’s interior design team works closely with clients to bring craftsmanship and lasting design into their spaces, helping to create homes that are personal, unique and timeless.
Claire Horn, Interior Designer at Nkuku, says of the new Interior Design offering:
“This is such an exciting new chapter for Nkuku. Our new Interior Design service allows us to support customers in creating beautiful, considered spaces in their homes, using our thoughtfully designed, timeless pieces. Each item has a story to tell. No two are ever exactly the same, and that handcrafted quality, made by skilled artisans, is something truly special.”
“We’re passionate about working with natural materials like wood, stone and metal. Reclaimed timber is a particular favourite — it’s not only sustainable but brings warmth and character to a space.”
Clients can book a complimentary consultation either in-store or online. The process begins with a
“This service goes beyond furniture and accessories. We’re here to guide on everything from paint colours to flooring choices, always ensuring the final result is a carefully curated, personal and meaningful reflection of our clients’ style and needs.”
The Nkuku Autumn/Winter 2025 collection will be available to purchase online at nkuku.com from September 2025.
NEW NEUTRALS
Bring calm and balance to every corner of your home
Neutral spaces shift from stark white minimalism to warm wood tones, creamy whites, and natural materials like travertine. These elements create quiet luxury with subtle undertones that change in natural light. This organic approach creates a calm that feels grounding and restorative. Peppermill Interiors offers furniture, from walnut dining tables to cream upholstery and travertine side tables, perfect for tranquil, relaxing spaces.
The Washington Cream Upholstered Chair embodies Scandinavian-inspired serenity through clean lines and cream linen fabric. Its semicircular backrest creates a cocoon-like embrace, while ash-coloured wooden legs provide an earthy foundation. Soft neutral tones and ergonomic design transform dining areas into calm sanctuaries that promote both physical comfort and mental ease.
The Darcy Oval Dining Table exemplifies the neutral movement with its sculptural base crafted from solid hardwood. Elegantly sloping wood slats showcase authentic grain patterns, creating organic flow and tranquillity. The twin pedestal design provides stability while the oval shape softens angles for peaceful dining. Available in oak and walnut, this serene centrepiece invites lingering conversations.
The Darcy Round Dining Table offers gentle sophistication through beautifully crafted hardwood and a natural finish. Sloping wood slats create organic visual movement, while the round silhouette eliminates sharp corners for harmonious flow. Stunning grain patterns tell nature’s story, creating a focal point that feels both grounding and uplifting, fostering warmth and tranquillity with every meal.
The Darcy Table pairs perfectly with The Florence Leather Dining Chairs, which feature a Nordic-inspired curved design and luxurious leather upholstery in three earthy tones. The walnut finish speaks to neutral and authentic materials. The Florence’s clean lines and minimalist aesthetic create understated luxury, while their easy-to-clean leather seats ensure your dining space remains a peaceful sanctuary for years.
The Bicester Coffee Table is the epitome of neutral elegance with its teardrop-shaped matte black base supporting a travertine limestone surface. This sculptural piece, also available as a side table, brings stone’s serene beauty into your living space, with unique patterns creating a meditative focal point. The interplay of smooth stone and artistic form transforms any seating area into a tranquil retreat of refined peace. peppermillinteriors.com
“The Darcy Round Dining Table offers gentle sophistication through beautifully crafted hardwood and a natural finish”
TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24
TTA Business Card v2 CMYK 21/8/08 9:25 am Page 2
TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am Page 2
TTA Business Card v2 CMYK 21/8/08 9:25 am Page 2
TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am Page 2
The Tree Agency
The Tree Agency
darryl parkin
The Treehouse
The Treehouse
25 King Edwards Grove
The Treehouse 25 King Edwards Grove Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY
25 King Edwards Grove, Teddington, Middlesex TW11 9LY
Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY
Telephone 020 8274 0107
Mobile 07960123580
Telephone 020 8274 0107
Telephone 020 8274 0107
Fax 020 8274 0119
Mobile 07960123580
Fax 020 8274 0119
info@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk
info@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk
darryl parkin
The Treehouse
Mobile 07960 123580
25 King Edwards Grove Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY Telephone 020 8274 0107
The Treehouse 25 King Edwards Grove Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY Telephone 020 8274 0107
Fax 020 8274 0119
Mobile 07960123580
@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk
OUTDOOR LIVING
VINTAGE STYLE
Stunning statement piece vintage style sunshade for garden, beach, outdoor dining, glamping and events. 32mm Solid beechwood pole (sustainably sourced). Durable fibre glass hardware and solid zinc tilt hinge. Multi position tilt function to avoid moving the parasol around. Water Resistant Canopy with UV50+ protection. RPET (made from recycled plastic bottles). Matching fabric carry bag to transport the Parasol which folds in two via the tilt hinge. staycationvintageparasols.com
FIRE UP THE BBQ
The PitBoss Memphis Ultimate Gas and Charcoal Combo Grill with Smoker is a revolutionary new take on the traditional back garden grill, combining the capabilities of three essential outdoor cooking appliances into one powerful unit. directstoves.com
TABLE FOR TWO
Transform your outdoor space with this charming metal bistro set, perfect for gardens, patios, or balconies. Available in six stunning colours, you can choose the perfect shade to complement your outdoor décor. theoutdooredit.co.uk
BASKET CASE
This cast iron hayrack displays a beautifully decorative swirl pattern for added character and charm for your gardens. Filled with coconut fibre lining to help keep plants and soil inside, this hayrack will help you when watering your plants. homescapesonline.com
SPLASH OF COLOUR
Colourful outdoor cushions to add a vibrant splash of orange to your garden space. Perfect for styling on garden furniture, sofas, chairs and benches, these decorative cushions will brighten up any garden and can be mixed and matched to create your perfect outdoor look. homescapesonline.com
Meet Our Co-Founder, Sue Lawrence: The Vision Behind Great British Awnings
At the heart of the Great British Awning and Blind Company is a simple but powerful vision: to craft beautiful, high-performance shade solutions that elevate homes and outdoor spaces
across the UK. Co-Founder,Sue Lawrence, has been instrumental in bringing this vision to life, building a company defined by innovation, quality, and a deeply rooted customer-first ethos.
For Sue, delivering exceptional products and service is the standard, not the exception. While we don’t fixate on the competition, we recognise its value in keeping us sharp. It challenges us to think bigger, anticipate trends rather than follow them, and continuously push the boundaries of what’s possible in outdoor living.
Innovation at Great British Awnings is never for innovation’s sake. It’s driven by real customer feedback and a deep understanding of market needs. From initial design to final installation, our products are developed with one goal in mind: to make everyday living more stylish, comfortable, and practical.
What truly sets us apart, however, is our people and culture. We believe that a strong team, united by shared values and passion, is the foundation of long-term success. Our staff take pride in their work, and it shows in every consultation, every product, and every smile we create for our customers.
Looking ahead, we’re embracing challenges, focusing on strategic growth, and staying open to new opportunities. Our goal is not just to keep pace with the industry, but to lead it with heart and purpose.
We’re proud to offer stylish, fully waterproof, weather-resistant awnings that perform year-round. Need one quickly? Our UK factory holds stock of our hero ranges, ready for rapid delivery and installation.
At Great British Awnings, we are not just manufacturers, we’re your trusted partner in premium shade.
“Innovation at Great British Awnings is never for innovation’s sake. It’s driven by real customer feedback and a deep understanding of market needs. From initial design to final installation, our products are developed with one goal in mind: to make everyday living more stylish, comfortable, and practical”
THE DETAILS
Book your free design consultation today, call 0800 048 7700. gbawnings.co.uk Follow us @gbawnings FB and Instagram
Pehrsson Scott Ltd:
Designing Outdoor Spaces with Vision and Precision
Pehrsson Scott Ltd is an award-winning landscape design company based in St Albans, Hertfordshire, with a growing presence across London and the SouthEast. Since its founding in 2018, the company has built a strong reputation for delivering creative, high-quality landscape and garden design solutions for both private and commercial clients.
Specialising in bespoke outdoor spaces, Pehrsson Scott Ltd offers a full range of services—from initial consultation and concept development to detailed design, planting plans, and project management. Whether working on compact urban gardens or expansive rural estates, the company transforms outdoor areas into functional, beautiful environments tailored to each client’s vision and lifestyle.
Led by founder Henry Scott, the team combines artistic flair with technical expertise. Their approach is rooted in collaboration, ensuring that every design is not only visually striking but also sustainable and suited to the site’s natural features. The company’s attention to detail and commitment to quality are
evident in every stage of the process, from planning through to execution.
Clients consistently commend Pehrsson Scott Ltd for its professionalism, responsiveness, and ability to bring ideas to life. The company’s portfolio reflects a diverse range of projects, each showcasing a unique blend of innovation, elegance, and environmental sensitivity. Testimonials highlight the team’s ability to adapt to evolving ideas and manage projects seamlessly from start to finish.
As demand for well-designed outdoor spaces continues to grow, Pehrsson Scott Ltd remains at the forefront of landscape architecture in the UK. With a passion for design and a dedication to excellence, the company continues to shape inspiring landscapes that enhance the way people live, work, and connect with nature. pehrssonscott.com
Email: enquiries@pehrssonscott.com Or call 01727 576008
WHERE NATURE MEETS ARTISTRY. OUTDOOR BEAUTY, ARTFUL SERENITY.
Following a momentous pitch on BBC’s Dragons’ Den in 2024, Essex based Outdoor Art firm YardArt UK , have had a ‘roaring’ response to their appearance.
Husband and Wife, Charlotte Clemence (Joint CoFounder) and Grant Clemence (Investor Relations) pitched the innovative and luxury outdoor wall art business, on behalf of the YardArt UK team, attracting significant interest from the Dragon’s as a result.
Showcasing the diverse and alternative designs from their collections, which aim to transform ordinary garden walls into stunning works of art, Charlotte & Grant successfully showed how the artwork - which come complete with a 3D illusion frame - are completely waterproof, UV resistant, wind proof, fade proof and durable, making them the perfect garden accessory.
With the ability to be mounted to fence panels, brick and concrete walls they are suitable for every type and size of space – from small balcony to mansion house garden.
YardArt UK’s mission is to take ‘your personal style from indoors to outdoors’ and the range presented on the show, varied from Modern to Abstract, Boho to Heritage, including the artwork, ‘Rosa’, a tribute to the remarkable Rosa Parks, illustrated by Charlotte herself.
The therapeutic nature of creating art was explored on the show via Charlotte’s family’s personal experience of child loss, and the subsequent pledge to support a charity close to their hearts.
Charlotte Clemence says “Going on to Dragons’ Den was a daunting challenge to us as a small business. We were, however, truly inspired by what the Dragon’s had to say, and the conversations that were had regarding our art. As a micro company, who started in the pandemic, led by me and my fellow Co-Founder Rebecca Lund. The Dragons inspired us, and we recognized there was real value in learning from their experience. However the positivity and feedback from them and viewers of the show, has been brilliant. We hope that the exposure from Dragons’ Den will now ripple into our future plans, allowing us to reach a wider audience. We also dispatch in Australia now too.
As two mums who have a passion for art, the garden and the unusual, it’s fantastic to know that viewers have engaged with our story and share our unwavering love for alternative art, design, and the great outdoors. Whether you’re drawn to timeless pieces or something truly one of a kind, staying connected ensures you never miss a moment.
To view all of YardArt UK’s collections visit yardartuk.co.uk Join the inner circle for exclusive offers, complimentary gifts, and early access to limited editions—just for our subscribers.
The Beaulieu
Perfect for stylish alfresco dining & entertaining
Elevating Outdoor Spaces with Sculptural Elegance and Enduring Craftsmanship.
Stark & Greensmith Metalwork, renowned for innovative architectural metalwork, proudly introduce our latest creation: The Beaulieu - Corten Steel Garden Pergola with Catenary Wire. This contemporary structure seamlessly blends sculptural beauty with functional design, offering a distinctive focal point for gardens and outdoor living areas.
Crafted from high quality Corten steel, the pergola is designed to develop a rich, rust-like patina over time, providing both aesthetic appeal and exceptional durability. The inclusion of catenary wires enhances its versatility, allowing for the addition of climbing plants, lighting, or decorative elements, thereby creating a personalized and inviting outdoor space.
“Our new pergola embodies the essence of modern garden design—minimalist yet beautiful,” said [Martine Le Gassick], [Creative Director] at Stark & Greensmith. “It’s more than a structure; it’s an experience that transforms any outdoor area into a serene retreat.”
Key Features:
“Our new pergola embodies the essence of modern garden design—minimalist yet beautiful”
• Material Excellence: Constructed from Corten steel, known for its weather-resistant properties and evolving visual character.
• Design Flexibility: Catenary wires provide options for customization with plants or lighting.
• Low Maintenance: The natural patina acts as a protective layer, eliminating the need for painting or sealing.
• Sustainable Choice: Made from recycled materials, aligning with eco-conscious landscaping practices.
The Beaulieu is now available for order through Stark & Greensmith’s website visit starkandgreensmith.com.
Outdoor Elegance Personified
Chic Teak is a family run business that has been established for over 20 years and is based in Hampshire and delivers Nationwide. Chic Teak specialises in premium teak garden & conservatory furniture with a high level of personal service from advising on choice of furniture through to delivery onto your terrace.
By using the best quality heartwood teak ensures longevity & attractiveness of the products. The Teak is grown in Java and is sourced from the Government owned plantations. This ensures that it is sustainably grown & then correctly kiln dried to withstand the British climate. All the furniture is made using traditional joints and finished by hand. The whole process is covered by the Internationally agreed FLEGT scheme which is overseen by the Indonesian and British Governments.
Frequent visits by the partners to Java has nurtured close working relationships with suppliers & good opportunities to develop new lines whilst maintaining popular designs.
Because Chic Teak are specialists, they offer a wide choice both in terms of design and use. Although they can offer furniture as sets, they pride themselves in giving clients the opportunity of a “mix and match” to suit their circumstances and taste.
The heartwood teak contains high levels of oil naturally which is good protection from rain,
sunlight, mould & mildew. The wood is also tightly grained & very dense which makes it very durable. Naturally Teak will weather to a silvery patina. We recommend cleaning teak wood furniture at least once a year. This can be done either by scrubbing with a dilute mixture of bleach and water, or spraying with a product called “Wet and Forget” once a year. Both methods clear the detritus and maintain the silvery patina.
Such is the confidence in the product that a 10-year guarantee is offered to support what we believe to be some of the best quality Teak Furniture available in the UK.
Cox & Cox arose from a desire to create a unique collection of homeware products that couldn’t be found elsewhere, with customers encouraged to find their own style and to love every corner of their home. Today our collection continues to curate natural style for design lovers of all tastes, with every detail for a look that is distinct, harmonious and always unique.
Based in Frome, Somerset, all of our products continue to be chosen with you in mind. Our design led collections are inspired by tradition and trend to offer new ways to transform the homes and gardens of every interior enthusiast. From inspirational furniture, lighting, storage and accessories, we capture the season with a timeless aesthetic and effortless style.
Water features create a stunning focal point in any garden and the soothing sound of water can promote feelings of peace and harmony. From urban and contemporary styles to quirky stone water features, a garden fountain from Cox & Cox will enhance any outdoor space. Fully self contained and easy to install, all Cox & Cox water features have a compartment to fill with water (no plumbing or constant water supply required) - the feature reuses the water in the container when connected to a power supply. coxandcox.co.uk
The
Beauty of a Quiet Moment
In a world that rarely pauses, we invite you to.
Sincerely Lumière is a consciously crafted home and bath fragrance brand rooted in intentional living. From bestselling CocoSoy candles to elegant diffusers and calming bath rituals, each product is designed to bring stillness, beauty, and balance to your everyday.
Our fragrances are refined and grounding — the kind that linger softly, becoming part of your daily rhythm. A ritual. A return to self.
Because true luxury isn’t loud — it’s felt in the quiet, thoughtful moments we create for ourselves.
ADD PRACTICAL STYLE & SOPHISTICATION with our luxury wall panels
Leading tile, panel and flooring specialist
Hyperion Tiles is renowned for helping homeowners and designers transform everyday spaces into stylish sanctuaries with our striking collections of wall panels. Whether you’re working on a bathroom project, revamping kitchen walls or want to add impact to a utility room, we are helping customers create a sleek, high-end finish at home.
Our director, Richard Skeoch explains: “Our wall panels are designed to be practical and beautiful, and they offer an alternative to traditional tiles if you’re looking for a luxurious, contemporary finish with timeless style.”
Richard provides five key benefits of wall panels for your home:
• Minimalist styling: Wall panels tend to be larger, which means fewer grout lines, giving your room a sleek finish
• Maintenance matters: Fewer grout lines helps to reduce dirt and grim build-up so panels are hygienic and easy to keep clean
• Water resistance: Perfect for rooms with high moisture levels, such as kitchens, utility rooms and bathrooms
• Easy installation: You can save time and labour costs with wall panels, because they cover more space compared to regular tiles
• Versatile designs: Pick from a huge range of colours and patterns, so you are bound to find something to suit your personal needs
We offer more than 15,000 tile and wall panel options to suit every project and taste in a variety of colours, patterns, finishes, textures, shapes and sizes. You can add more to your room design with our designer paint, luxury wall coverings, distinctive bathroom accessories from mirrors to storage, and flooring from real wood to LVT. To find out more, visit our website here.
Add this exquisite decorative panel with a palm leaf-inspired design to a luxury, bespoke bathroom.
“Create a vibrant tropical finish with our Exotic Paradise 16-tile panel”
Crafted from saltwater pearl, our Royal Palm Golden Promise design is part of the Botanicals collection.
Crafted from ceramic, our Tropical Oasis Mural is made up of three panels (eight tiles each), which offer a striking jungle-inspired scene for a bathroom feature wall. From the Living collection, each tile is glazed for aesthetic finish, which is also durable and easy to clean
Create a vibrant tropical finish with our Exotic Paradise 16-tile panel. Featuring an intricate pattern and bold colours, this ceramic panel is ideal for sprucing up a kitchen wall with style
Our Kintsugi Green shower panels, add contemporary design detail to any bathroom, kitchen or feature wall. These wall panels are waterproof and made from Di-bond and acrylic so they are built to last.
Our Art Deco Fashion Pink Black shower panel features a bold geometric design for a striking, retrostyle finish in this contemporary bathroom. hyperiontiles.co.uk
My Furniture’s Latest Colourful Furniture Additions
My Furniture’s incredibly popular and curvaceous Munich furniture collection now comes in three beautiful new colours: Light Taupe, Forest Green, and Terracotta. These fresh additions build on the success of the existing Ivory and Chalk colourways, giving you even more ways to style your home.
The Munich collection, celebrated for its contemporary, sculptural design and comfortable curvaceous lines, includes highly sought-after armchairs, sofas, and dining chairs. The new colours infuse a fresh, modern aesthetic while maintaining the collection’s timeless appeal.
“The Munich collection has been a massive hit, and we’re delighted to introduce these gorgeous new shades,” says Managing Director, Dimitri Pappas. “Light Taupe offers a subtle, chic neutral, Forest Green brings the calm of nature indoors, and Terracotta provides a warm, inviting feel. These colours empower our customers to truly make their living spaces their own, fitting the Munich collection perfectly into any interior style.”
Featuring comfortable sprung seats with generous amounts of deep foam and fibre filling and a choice of velvet or chenille upholstery fabric, the armchair and sofa also include stylish bolster cushions.
ABOUT MY FURNITURE
MY Furniture have long realised that luxury products, high quality and good customer service do not have carry a high price tag. They offer all their products at sensible prices, to everyone, regardless how big or small your budget. They travel around the world to source products and achieve the best value for their customers, without compromising on quality for price. They have their own upholstery team in Long Eaton just outside Nottingham and make a range of bespoke furnishings. They also have a retail outlet in Nottingham. Quick delivery is also an important aspect to their business and they have an extensive warehouse of stock and most items are on next working day delivery. Delivery is included in all their prices for any Mainland UK destination. my-furniture.com
“Light Taupe offers a subtle, chic neutral, Forest Green brings the calm of nature indoors, and Terracotta provides a warm, inviting feel”
Resin Bound: The Smart Choice for LongLasting, Sustainable Driveways
Since 2004, Oltco has been transforming outdoor spaces with high-quality resin bound surfaces. This innovative solution has become a top choice for homeowners and businesses, offering a seamless, durable, and stylish alternative to traditional driveways, patios, and pathways.
and harsh weather conditions without cracking or fading. The smooth, non-slip finish also enhances safety, making it a practical choice for driveways, pathways, and even large-scale commercial projects. Available in a variety of colours and stone blends, resin bound can be customised to complement any property’s aesthetic.
In 2019, Oltco introduced Recycle Bound, a pioneering solution that incorporates recycled plastic waste into resin bound surfaces. This innovative product has helped recycle the equivalent of over 800 million plastic straws, offering an eco-friendly option without compromising strength or durability. Each square metre of Recycle Bound contains the equivalent of 3,000 plastic straws, turning waste into a valuable resource.
One of the key benefits of resin bound surfaces is their permeability. Unlike concrete or block paving, resin bound allows water to drain naturally, helping to prevent puddles and reducing flood risks. This makes it a Sustainable Urban Drainage System (SuDS) compliant option, ideal for both residential and commercial properties. Additionally, resin bound surfaces require minimal maintenance—there are no loose stones, weeds struggle to grow, and the surface remains in excellent condition for years with just occasional cleaning.
Durability is another major advantage. Resin bound surfaces are built to withstand heavy use
While Recycle Bound is popular for residential properties, it has also been installed in high-profile commercial spaces, including hotels and attractions. With plastic pollution continuing to be a global challenge, Oltco’s Recycle Bound provides a practical and sustainable solution. Oltco stands by its commitment to quality with an industry-leading guarantee of up to 20 years. Whether you choose traditional resin bound or the eco-friendly Recycle Bound, you’re investing in a driveway that is built to last.
To learn more or book a consultation, visit oltco.co.uk or call 0800 040 7795.
LIGHTING GUIDE
IMAGE: DISTINCTIVE LIGHTING
– From subtle glow to bold brilliance, discover lighting that inspires –
lights&lamps AW/25
Building on the success of last season’s launches, lights&lamps’ new autumn/ winter 25 collection is bigger than ever – literally. Playing on scale, a selection of super-size pendants and wall lights make for conversation-starting pieces. One such scene-setter is the Lonso, a mid century-style chandelier decked with three tiers of opulent, hand-blown glass leaves which beautifully diffuse the light.
We have been excited to explore the versatility of bamboo, which possesses a chameleon-like quality across both contemporary and traditional interiors. The new Anji table and floor lamps
“We have been excited to explore the versatility of bamboo, which possesses a chameleon-like quality across both contemporary and traditional interiors”
are crafted in crisp battens of bamboo for a naturalistic take on a pleated shade. And there’s the Bandua pendant and wall light: both generously proportioned and with arms wrapped in this brilliantly tactile material.
Practicality is always at the forefront of our minds when designing, which is why we’ve expanded our offering of portable lamps. Joining our much-loved Valli Calacatta marble rechargeable table lamp are two new sister styles in exotic Spanish marble.
Drawing on the popularity of the Art Decoinspired Ottino collection, we’ve taken the multifaceted structure of this linen shade and made it available across lamps, wall lights and an array of pendants.
We’ve also put the beauty into the ‘big light’, with ceiling pendants such as the Café in woven rattan, where the bulb is masterfully concealed, and the asymmetric grace of the Lano bar pendant. lightsandlamps.com
NEW LIGHTING FOR THE SUMMER SEASON
As the days grow longer and the light shifts with the arrival of summer, it’s the perfect time to refresh your home with new lighting. Sustainable lighting specialists Tom Raffield are adding new designs to their range of steam-bent lighting for the Summer of 2025, with a focus on creating not only a welcoming glow in the home, but standout designs that double up as art pieces when not illuminated.
New to the established Comber lighting range is Keel. Taking inspiration from the natural, spiraling forms that scatter our Atlantic tide lines, the Keel is a striking display of confident, modern design. With six lighting designs within the Keel range, including a trio pendant cluster, wall, floor, and table lights, each lighting element of the Keel is made from a single, isolated section - a wide piece of oak or walnut timber that is arched by hand into a choreographed formation. Producing a funnel of diffused down light, the Keel’s inviting glow will bring warmth as bedside lights, function to space-saving hallways and create drama over kitchen islands.
“Taking inspiration from the natural, spiraling forms that scatter our Atlantic tide lines, the Keel is a striking display of confident, modern design”
Drawing inspiration from the graceful movements and fluid shapes of fish swimming in unison, the Shoal Lighting Range is a celebration of harmony. Designed to mimic the interwoven textures and smooth, flowing forms found beneath the surface of the ocean, each lighting design is carefully crafted to evoke a sense of tranquillity. New to the range, the Shoal Wall Light is handcrafted from thirteen swirls of sustainably sourced ash, oak, or walnut, interwoven in flowing layers. The twisting, textured surface creates a calming visual impact, while the bold display of light and shadow is enhanced with dynamic character. With bulbs beneath the surface to provide an ambient glow, this hardwired wall light is well suited to entranceways, bedrooms or living rooms, enhancing your space with a balance of style and serenity.
tomraffield.com
Just
To view my previous work visit: www.joescog.co.uk
Email: info@joescog.co.uk
Mobile: 07956 998089 Instagram: @joescog
TIPS FOR CHOOSING DECORATIVE LIGHTING
When it comes to home improvement, one aspect that absolutely must not be overlooked is the lighting. The key questions to ask are:
Is there enough light in your home?
Are you squinting in the evenings or finding you wish you could see things just a little more clearly? Often in the autumn months people realise that their home is not lit effectively enough for daily tasks.
Floor or table lamps are ideal for a quick and easy way to boost the brightness of a room. They are perfect for putting next to a sofa or armchair for focused tasks such as reading.
For medium to larger sized rooms, ceiling light fittings with multiple bulbs, such as chandeliers, multi-light pendants or flush mounts are ideal for getting more light into the room without peppering the ceiling with spotlights. In particular, these should be considered for bedrooms, where
“The Distinctive Lighting showroom in Alton, Hampshire has over 3,000 products on display”
you need a little more light to see by when getting ready or living rooms, where people spend most of their evenings.
Do your lights work with your décor?
Lights are not just about performance; they should also fit with the décor in the room and tone of the property. For example, if your home is an old country cottage with wooden beamed ceilings it is best to stick to traditional lighting, such as wrought iron chandeliers and wall lights. If you have decorated a room with the latest modern furniture and cool, crisp coloured walls, then it would be best complemented with modern chrome or brushed nickel fixtures.
Lights come in so many different colours, shapes and sizes, it is always possible to find something that suits your tastes and works well with the other furnishings in the room, as well as be appropriate for the ceiling height and room size. Above all, don’t be afraid to make a statement. Why settle for recessed spotlights when you can have a brilliant and beautiful decorative chandelier to create the same level of light?
The Distinctive Lighting showroom in Alton, Hampshire has over 3,000 products on display, including indoor and outdoor fittings along with ceiling fans. The variety of choice is unrivalled, and our staff are on hand Mon-Fri 9-5pm and Saturday 9-1pm to provide a friendly, advisory service. distinctivelightinguk.com
William Sugg & Co. Illuminating London’s Legacy
In the heart of London, where history and innovation intertwine, William Sugg & Co. stands as a beacon of excellence in the realm of lighting. Established in 1837, this esteemed company has been at the forefront of lighting design and manufacturing, leaving an indelible mark on the city’s architectural landscape.
William Sugg & Co. has a storied history of illuminating some of London’s most iconic landmarks. From the grandeur of Westminster Abbey to the elegance of the Royal Albert Hall, its lighting solutions have enhanced the beauty and functionality of these historic sites. The company’s commitment to quality and craftsmanship is evident in every fixture it produces, blending traditional techniques with modern technology to create lighting that is both timeless and innovative. The streets of London are its showroom as they have been for over 188 years.
One of the most notable projects in recent
years is the refurbishment of the Covent Garden Piazza. William Sugg & Co. was entrusted with the task of designing and installing lighting that would enhance the area’s historic charm while providing modern functionality. The result is a stunning blend of old and new, where the warm glow of traditional gas lamps meets the efficiency of LED technology. This project not only highlights the company’s expertise but also its ability to adapt to the evolving needs of the city; proud to continue its gas heritage manufacturing alongside its production of modern electric counterparts.
In addition to projects with historic landmarks, William Sugg & Co. has also been involved in numerous contemporary projects. The company’s collaboration with luxury hotels, high-end retail spaces, and exclusive residential developments showcases its versatility and commitment to excellence. Each project is approached with the same level of dedication and attention to detail, ensuring that the lighting solutions not only meet but exceed the expectations of its clients.
As London continues to evolve, William Sugg & Co. remains a steadfast presence, illuminating the city’s past, present and future. Its legacy of excellence and innovation ensures that it will continue to play a pivotal role in shaping the city’s architectural landscape for generations to come.
THE DETAILS
To find out more and to obtain your own piece of history, visit williamsugg.co.uk. Contact Details T: +44 (0)1293 540111 sales@williamsugg.co.uk
